First shot at merging the wiki documentation into the headers.

include/SDL.h

@@ -93,37 +93,121 @@ extern "C" {
 /* @} */
 
 /**
- *  This function initializes  the subsystems specified by \c flags
+ * Initialize the SDL library.
+ *
+ * SDL_Init() simply forwards to calling SDL_InitSubSystem(). Therefore, the
+ * two may be used interchangeably. Though for readability of your code
+ * SDL_InitSubSystem() might be preferred.
+ *
+ * The file I/O (for example: SDL_RWFromFile) and threading (SDL_CreateThread)
+ * subsystems are initialized by default. Message boxes
+ * (SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox) also attempt to work without initializing the
+ * video subsystem, in hopes of being useful in showing an error dialog when
+ * SDL_Init fails. You must specifically initialize other subsystems if you
+ * use them in your application.
+ *
+ * Logging (such as SDL_Log) works without initialization, too.
+ *
+ * `flags` may be any of the following OR'd together:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_INIT_TIMER`: timer subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_AUDIO`: audio subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_VIDEO`: video subsystem; automatically initializes the events
+ *   subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK`: joystick subsystem; automatically initializes the
+ *   events subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_HAPTIC`: haptic (force feedback) subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER`: controller subsystem; automatically
+ * initializes the joystick subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_EVENTS`: events subsystem
+ * - `SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING`: all of the above subsystems
+ * - `SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE`: compatibility; this flag is ignored
+ *
+ * Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call SDL_QuitSubSystem()
+ * for each SDL_InitSubSystem() to correctly shutdown a subsystem manually (or
+ * call SDL_Quit() to force shutdown). If a subsystem is already loaded then
+ * this call will increase the ref-count and return.
+ *
+ * \param flags subsystem initialization flags
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
+ * \sa SDL_SetMainReady
+ * \sa SDL_WasInit
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- *  This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
+ * Compatibility function to initialize the SDL library.
  *
- *  Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call
- *  SDL_QuitSubSystem() for each SDL_InitSubSystem() to correctly
- *  shutdown a subsystem manually (or call SDL_Quit() to force shutdown).
- *  If a subsystem is already loaded then this call will
- *  increase the ref-count and return.
+ * In SDL2, this function and SDL_Init() are interchangeable.
+ *
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
+ * \sa SDL_QuitSubSystem
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- *  This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
+ * Shut down specific SDL subsystems.
+ *
+ * If you start a subsystem using a call to that subsystem's init function
+ * (for example SDL_VideoInit()) instead of SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(),
+ * SDL_QuitSubSystem() and SDL_WasInit() will not work. You will need to use
+ * that subsystem's quit function (SDL_VideoQuit()) directly instead. But
+ * generally, you should not be using those functions directly anyhow; use
+ * SDL_Init() instead.
+ *
+ * You still need to call SDL_Quit() even if you close all open subsystems
+ * with SDL_QuitSubSystem().
+ *
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
+ * \sa SDL_Quit
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
- *  previously been initialized.
+ * Get a mask of the specified subsystems which are currently initialized.
  *
- *  If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
+ * \param flags any of the flags used by SDL_Init(); see SDL_Init for details.
+ * \returns If `flags` is 0 it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems,
+ *          otherwise it returns the initialization status of the specified
+ *          subsystems.
+ *
+ *          The return value does not include SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_InitSubSystem
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- *  This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
- *  call it upon all exit conditions.
+ * Clean up all initialized subsystems.
+ *
+ * You should call this function even if you have already shutdown each
+ * initialized subsystem with SDL_QuitSubSystem(). It is safe to call this
+ * function even in the case of errors in initialization.
+ *
+ * If you start a subsystem using a call to that subsystem's init function
+ * (for example SDL_VideoInit()) instead of SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(),
+ * then you must use that subsystem's quit function (SDL_VideoQuit()) to shut
+ * it down before calling SDL_Quit(). But generally, you should not be using
+ * those functions directly anyhow; use SDL_Init() instead.
+ *
+ * You can use this function with atexit() to ensure that it is run when your
+ * application is shutdown, but it is not wise to do this from a library or
+ * other dynamically loaded code.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
+ * \sa SDL_QuitSubSystem
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
 

include/SDL_assert.h

@@ -193,88 +193,119 @@ typedef SDL_AssertState (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
                                  const SDL_AssertData* data, void* userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
+ * Set an application-defined assertion handler.
  *
- *  This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
- *  response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
- *  will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
- *  and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
+ * This function allows an application to show its own assertion UI and/or
+ * force the response to an assertion failure. If the application doesn't
+ * provide this, SDL will try to do the right thing, popping up a
+ * system-specific GUI dialog, and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
  *
- *  This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
- *  it will only fire from one thread at a time.
+ * The function prototype for `handler` is:
  *
- *  Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_AssertState YourAssertionHandler(const SDL_AssertData* data, void* userdata)
+ * ```
  *
- *  This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
+ * where `YourAssertionHandler` is the name of your function and its
+ * parameters are:
  *
- *  Return SDL_AssertState value of how to handle the assertion failure.
+ * - `data`: a pointer to the SDL_AssertData structure corresponding to the
+ *   current assertion
+ * - `userdata`: what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_SetAssertionHandler()
  *
- *  \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
- *  \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
+ * This callback should return an SDL_AssertState value indicating how to
+ * handle the assertion failure.
+ *
+ * This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
+ * it will only fire from one thread at a time.
+ *
+ * This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
+ *
+ * \param handler the function to call when an assertion fails or NULL for the
+ *                default handler
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `handler`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
                                             SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
                                             void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the default assertion handler.
+ * Get the default assertion handler.
  *
- *  This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
- *   assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL,
- *   that is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been
- *   used to provide a different function.
+ * This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
+ * assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL, that
+ * is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been used to
+ * provide a different function.
  *
- *  \return The default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ * \returns the default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert
+ *          triggers.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current assertion handler.
+ * Get the current assertion handler.
  *
- *  This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
- *   triggered. This is either the value last passed to
- *   SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is
- *   set, is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
+ * This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
+ * triggered. This is either the value last passed to
+ * SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is set,
+ * is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
  *
- *   \param puserdata Pointer to a void*, which will store the "userdata"
- *                    pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler().
- *                    This value will always be NULL for the default handler.
- *                    If you don't care about this data, it is safe to pass
- *                    a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
- *  \return The SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ * The parameter `puserdata` is a pointer to a void*, which will store the
+ * "userdata" pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler(). This value
+ * will always be NULL for the default handler. If you don't care about this
+ * data, it is safe to pass a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
+ *
+ * \param puserdata pointer which is filled with the "userdata" pointer that
+ *                  was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler()
+ * \returns the SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetAssertionHandler
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionHandler(void **puserdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
+ * Get a list of all assertion failures.
  *
- *  Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
- *  or the start of the program.
+ * This function gets all assertions triggered since the last call to
+ * SDL_ResetAssertionReport(), or the start of the program.
  *
- *  The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
+ * The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
  *
- *  <code>
- *  const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
- *  while (item) {
- *      printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\\n",
- *             item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
- *             item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
- *             item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
- *      item = item->next;
- *  }
- *  </code>
+ * ```c
+ * const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
+ * while (item) {
+ *    printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\\n",
+ *           item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
+ *           item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
+ *           item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
+ *    item = item->next;
+ * }
+ * ```
  *
- *  \return List of all assertions.
- *  \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
+ * \returns a list of all failed assertions or NULL if the list is empty. This
+ *          memory should not be modified or freed by the application.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const SDL_AssertData * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
+ * Clear the list of all assertion failures.
  *
- *  Reset list of all assertions triggered.
+ * This function will clear the list of all assertions triggered up to that
+ * point. Immediately following this call, SDL_GetAssertionReport will return
+ * no items. In addition, any previously-triggered assertions will be reset to
+ * a trigger_count of zero, and their always_ignore state will be false.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
 

include/SDL_atomic.h

@@ -89,25 +89,47 @@ extern "C" {
 typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
 
 /**
- * \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ * Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already
+ *          held.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicUnlock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
 /**
- * \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ * Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
+ *
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicTryLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicUnlock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
 /**
- * \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
+ * Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0.
  *
- * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ * Always returns immediately.
+ *
+ * ***Please note that spinlocks are dangerous if you don't know what you're
+ * doing. Please be careful using any sort of spinlock!***
+ *
+ * \param lock a pointer to a lock variable
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicLock
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicTryLock
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
 
@@ -216,32 +238,68 @@ typedef void (*SDL_KernelMemoryBarrierFunc)();
 typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
 
 /**
- * \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ * Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is
+ * currently an old value.
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
-*/
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param oldval the old value
+ * \param newval the new value
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGet
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSet
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
 
 /**
- * \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
+ * Set an atomic variable to a value.
  *
- * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ * This function also acts as a full memory barrier.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param v the desired value
+ * \returns the previous value of the atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
+ * Get the value of an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable
+ * \returns the current value of an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a);
 
 /**
- * \brief Add to an atomic variable.
+ * Add to an atomic variable.
  *
- * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ * This function also acts as a full memory barrier.
  *
- * \note This same style can be used for any number operation
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to an SDL_atomic_t variable to be modified
+ * \param v the desired value to add
+ * \returns the previous value of the atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicDecRef
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicIncRef
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 
@@ -263,23 +321,51 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ * Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old
+ * value.
  *
- * \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
  *
- * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
-*/
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \param oldval the old pointer value
+ * \param newval the new pointer value
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCAS
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGetPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSetPtr
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void **a, void *oldval, void *newval);
 
 /**
- * \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
+ * Set a pointer to a value atomically.
  *
- * \return The previous value of the pointer.
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \param v the desired pointer value
+ * \returns the previous value of the pointer.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicGetPtr
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void **a, void* v);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
+ * Get the value of a pointer atomically.
+ *
+ * ***Note: If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use
+ * it!***
+ *
+ * \param a a pointer to a pointer
+ * \returns the current value of a pointer.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+ * \sa SDL_AtomicSetPtr
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void **a);
 

include/SDL_audio.h

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
   3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
 */
 
+/* !!! FIXME: several functions in here need Doxygen comments. */
+
 /**
  *  \file SDL_audio.h
  *
@@ -265,55 +267,69 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
 /* @} */
 
 /**
- *  This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
- *  if no driver has been initialized.
+ * Get the name of the current audio driver.
+ *
+ * The returned string points to internal static memory and thus never becomes
+ * invalid, even if you quit the audio subsystem and initialize a new driver
+ * (although such a case would return a different static string from another
+ * call to this function, of course). As such, you should not modify or free
+ * the returned string.
+ *
+ * \returns the name of the current audio driver or NULL if no driver has been
+ *          initialized.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AudioInit
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
- *  returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
- *  structure pointed to by \c obtained.  If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
- *  data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
- *  requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
- *  audio format if necessary.  This function returns -1 if it failed
- *  to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
+ * This function is a legacy means of opening the audio device.
  *
- *  When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
- *    - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
- *      second.
- *    - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
- *    - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
- *      samples.  This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
- *      the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.  Good values
- *      seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
- *      application and CPU speed.  Smaller values yield faster response time,
- *      but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
- *      and cannot fill the audio buffer in time.  A stereo sample consists of
- *      both right and left channels in LR ordering.
- *      Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
- *      following formula:  \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
- *    - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
- *      calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- *    - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
- *      and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
- *    - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
- *      when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
- *      to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
- *      This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
- *      protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
- *      and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
- *      pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
- *      more audio samples to be played (or for capture devices, call
- *      SDL_DequeueAudio() with some frequency, to obtain audio samples).
- *    - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
- *      function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
+ * This function remains for compatibility with SDL 1.2, but also because it's
+ * slightly easier to use than the new functions in SDL 2.0. The new, more
+ * powerful, and preferred way to do this is SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
  *
- *  The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
- *  be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
- *  for your audio callback function to be called.  Since the audio driver
- *  may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
- *  any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
+ * This function is roughly equivalent to:
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice(NULL, 0, desired, obtained, SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * With two notable exceptions:
+ *
+ * - If `obtained` is NULL, we use `desired` (and allow no changes), which
+ * means desired will be modified to have the correct values for silence, etc,
+ * and SDL will convert any differences between your app's specific request
+ * and the hardware behind the scenes.
+ *
+ * - The return value is always success or failure, and not a device ID, which
+ * means you can only have one device open at a time with this function.
+ *
+ * \param desired an SDL_AudioSpec structure representing the desired output
+ *                format. Please refer to the SDL_OpenAudioDevice documentation
+ *                for details on how to prepare this structure.
+ * \param obtained an SDL_AudioSpec structure filled in with the actual
+ *                 parameters, or NULL.
+ * \returns This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters,
+ *          and returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware
+ *          parameters in the structure pointed to by `obtained`.
+ *
+ *          If `obtained` is NULL, the audio data passed to the callback
+ *          function will be guaranteed to be in the requested format, and
+ *          will be automatically converted to the actual hardware audio
+ *          format if necessary. If `obtained` is NULL, `desired` will
+ *          have fields modified.
+ *
+ *          This function returns a negative error code on failure to open the
+ *          audio device or failure to set up the audio thread; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CloseAudio
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudio
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudio
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudio
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
                                           SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
@@ -330,49 +346,97 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
 typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
- *  Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
- *  Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
- *  not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
- *  server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
- *  still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
+ * Get the number of built-in audio devices.
  *
- *  In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
- *  successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
- *  SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
+ * This function is only valid after successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem.
+ *
+ * Note that audio capture support is not implemented as of SDL 2.0.4, so the
+ * `iscapture` parameter is for future expansion and should always be zero
+ * for now.
+ *
+ * This function will return -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be
+ * determined. Returning -1 is not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to
+ * talk to a remote audio server, it can't list every one available on the
+ * Internet, but it will still allow a specific host to be specified in
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
+ *
+ * In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
+ * successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
+ *
+ * This function may trigger a complete redetect of available hardware. It
+ * should not be called for each iteration of a loop, but rather once at the
+ * start of a loop:
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * // Don't do this:
+ * for (int i = 0; i < SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(0); i++)
+ *
+ * // do this instead:
+ * const int count = SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(0);
+ * for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { do_something_here(); }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param iscapture zero to request playback devices, non-zero to request
+ *                  recording devices
+ * \returns the number of available devices exposed by the current driver or
+ *          -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined. A return
+ *          value of -1 does not necessarily mean an error condition.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDeviceName
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudioDevice
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
 
 /**
- *  Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
- *  Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
- *  Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
- *  The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
- *  SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
- *  hardware.
+ * Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
  *
- *  The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
- *  managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
- *  string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
- *  will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
+ * This function is only valid after successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem. The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
+ * SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); re-call that function to redetect available
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
+ * managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the string
+ * for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it will be
+ * invalid next time any of several other SDL functions are called.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the audio device; valid values range from 0 to
+ *              SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() - 1
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to query the list of recording devices, zero to
+ *                  query the list of output devices.
+ * \returns the name of the audio device at the requested index, or NULL on
+ *          error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumAudioDevices
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
                                                            int iscapture);
 
 /**
- *  Get the audio format of a specific audio device.
- *  Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
- *  Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
- *  The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
- *  SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
- *  hardware.
+ * Get the preferred audio format of a specific audio device.
  *
- *  The spec will be filled with the sample rate, sample format, and channel
- *  count. All other values in the structure are filled with 0. When the
- *  supported struct members are 0, SDL was unable to get the property from the
- *  backend.
+ * This function is only valid after a successfully initializing the audio
+ * subsystem. The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
+ * SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); re-call that function to redetect available
+ * hardware.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, nonzero on error
+ * `spec` will be filled with the sample rate, sample format, and channel
+ * count. All other values in the structure are filled with 0. When the
+ * supported struct members are 0, SDL was unable to get the property from the
+ * backend.
+ *
+ * \param index the index of the audio device; valid values range from 0 to
+ *              SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() - 1
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to query the list of recording devices, zero to
+ *                  query the list of output devices.
+ * \param spec The SDL_AudioSpec to be initialized by this function.
+ * \returns 0 on success, nonzero on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumAudioDevices
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceSpec(int index,
                                                    int iscapture,
@@ -380,17 +444,116 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceSpec(int index,
 
 
 /**
- *  Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
- *  the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
+ * Open a specific audio device.
  *
- *  The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
- *  some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
- *  hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
- *  diskaudio driver.
+ * SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1. As such,
+ * this function will never return a 1 so as not to conflict with the legacy
+ * function.
  *
- *  \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
+ * Please note that SDL 2.0 before 2.0.5 did not support recording; as such,
+ * this function would fail if `iscapture` was not zero. Starting with SDL
+ * 2.0.5, recording is implemented and this value can be non-zero.
  *
- *  SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
+ * Passing in a `device` name of NULL requests the most reasonable default
+ * (and is equivalent to what SDL_OpenAudio() does to choose a device). The
+ * `device` name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
+ * some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
+ * hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
+ * diskaudio driver.
+ *
+ * When filling in the desired audio spec structure:
+ *
+ * - `desired->freq` should be the frequency in sample-frames-per-second (Hz).
+ *
+ * - `desired->format` should be the audio format (`AUDIO_S16SYS`, etc).
+ *
+ * - `desired->samples` is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
+ *    _sample frames_ (with stereo output, two samples--left and right--would
+ *    make a single sample frame). This number should be a power of two, and
+ *    may be adjusted by the audio driver to a value more suitable for the
+ *    hardware.  Good values seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive,
+ *    depending on the application and CPU speed.  Smaller values reduce
+ *    latency, but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy
+ *    processing and cannot fill the audio buffer in time. Note that the
+ *    number of sample frames is directly related to time by the following
+ *    formula: `ms = (sampleframes*1000)/freq`
+ *
+ *  - `desired->size` is the size in _bytes_ of the audio buffer, and is
+ *    calculated by SDL_OpenAudioDevice(). You don't initialize this.
+ *
+ *  - `desired->silence` is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
+ *    and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudioDevice(). You don't initialize this.
+ *
+ *  - `desired->callback` should be set to a function that will be called
+ *    when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
+ *    to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
+ *    This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
+ *    protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudioDevice()
+ *    and SDL_UnlockAudioDevice() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
+ *    pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
+ *    more audio samples to be played (or for capture devices, call
+ *    SDL_DequeueAudio() with some frequency, to obtain audio samples).
+ *
+ *  - `desired->userdata` is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+ *    function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
+ *
+ * `allowed_changes` can have the following flags OR'd together:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE`
+ * - `SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE`
+ *
+ * These flags specify how SDL should behave when a device cannot offer a
+ * specific feature. If the application requests a feature that the hardware
+ * doesn't offer, SDL will always try to get the closest equivalent.
+ *
+ * For example, if you ask for float32 audio format, but the sound card only
+ * supports int16, SDL will set the hardware to int16. If you had set
+ * SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE, SDL will change the format in the
+ * `obtained` structure. If that flag was *not* set, SDL will prepare to
+ * convert your callback's float32 audio to int16 before feeding it to the
+ * hardware and will keep the originally requested format in the `obtained`
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * If your application can only handle one specific data format, pass a zero
+ * for `allowed_changes` and let SDL transparently handle any differences.
+ *
+ * An opened audio device starts out paused, and should be enabled for playing
+ * by calling SDL_PauseAudioDevice(devid, 0) when you are ready for your audio
+ * callback function to be called. Since the audio driver may modify the
+ * requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate any local mixing
+ * buffers after you open the audio device.
+ *
+ * The audio callback runs in a separate thread in most cases; you can prevent
+ * race conditions between your callback and other threads without fully
+ * pausing playback with SDL_LockAudioDevice(). For more information about the
+ * callback, see SDL_AudioSpec.
+ *
+ * \param device a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName() or a
+ *               driver-specific name as appropriate. NULL requests the most
+ *               reasonable default device.
+ * \param iscapture non-zero to specify a device should be opened for
+ *                  recording, not playback
+ * \param desired an SDL_AudioSpec structure representing the desired output
+ *                format; see SDL_OpenAudio() for more information
+ * \param obtained an SDL_AudioSpec structure filled in with the actual output
+ *                 format; see SDL_OpenAudio() for more information
+ * \param allowed_changes 0, or one or more flags OR'd together
+ * \returns a valid device ID that is > 0 on success or 0 on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ *          For compatibility with SDL 1.2, this will never return 1, since
+ *          SDL reserves that ID for the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CloseAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_GetAudioDeviceName
+ * \sa SDL_LockAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudio
+ * \sa SDL_PauseAudioDevice
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockAudioDevice
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
                                                               *device,
@@ -418,9 +581,7 @@ typedef enum
     SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
 } SDL_AudioStatus;
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
-
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
-SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
 /* @} *//* Audio State */
 
 /**
@@ -439,56 +600,79 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
 /* @} *//* Pause audio functions */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Load the audio data of a WAVE file into memory
+ * Load the audio data of a WAVE file into memory.
  *
- *  Loading a WAVE file requires \c src, \c spec, \c audio_buf and \c audio_len
- *  to be valid pointers. The entire data portion of the file is then loaded
- *  into memory and decoded if necessary.
+ * Loading a WAVE file requires `src`, `spec`, `audio_buf` and `audio_len`
+ * to be valid pointers. The entire data portion of the file is then loaded
+ * into memory and decoded if necessary.
  *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the data source gets automatically closed and
- *  freed before the function returns.
+ * If `freesrc` is non-zero, the data source gets automatically closed and
+ * freed before the function returns.
  *
- *  Supported are RIFF WAVE files with the formats PCM (8, 16, 24, and 32 bits),
- *  IEEE Float (32 bits), Microsoft ADPCM and IMA ADPCM (4 bits), and A-law and
- *  µ-law (8 bits). Other formats are currently unsupported and cause an error.
+ * Supported formats are RIFF WAVE files with the formats PCM (8, 16, 24, and
+ * 32 bits), IEEE Float (32 bits), Microsoft ADPCM and IMA ADPCM (4 bits),
+ * and A-law and mu-law (8 bits). Other formats are currently unsupported and
+ * cause an error.
  *
- *  If this function succeeds, the pointer returned by it is equal to \c spec
- *  and the pointer to the audio data allocated by the function is written to
- *  \c audio_buf and its length in bytes to \c audio_len. The \ref SDL_AudioSpec
- *  members \c freq, \c channels, and \c format are set to the values of the
- *  audio data in the buffer. The \c samples member is set to a sane default and
- *  all others are set to zero.
+ * If this function succeeds, the pointer returned by it is equal to `spec`
+ * and the pointer to the audio data allocated by the function is written to
+ * `audio_buf` and its length in bytes to `audio_len`. The SDL_AudioSpec
+ * members `freq`, `channels`, and `format` are set to the values of the
+ * audio data in the buffer. The `samples` member is set to a sane default
+ * and all others are set to zero.
  *
- *  It's necessary to use SDL_FreeWAV() to free the audio data returned in
- *  \c audio_buf when it is no longer used.
+ * It's necessary to use SDL_FreeWAV() to free the audio data returned in
+ * `audio_buf` when it is no longer used.
  *
- *  Because of the underspecification of the Waveform format, there are many
- *  problematic files in the wild that cause issues with strict decoders. To
- *  provide compatibility with these files, this decoder is lenient in regards
- *  to the truncation of the file, the fact chunk, and the size of the RIFF
- *  chunk. The hints SDL_HINT_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE, SDL_HINT_WAVE_TRUNCATION,
- *  and SDL_HINT_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK can be used to tune the behavior of the
- *  loading process.
+ * Because of the underspecification of the .WAV format, there are many
+ * problematic files in the wild that cause issues with strict decoders. To
+ * provide compatibility with these files, this decoder is lenient in regards
+ * to the truncation of the file, the fact chunk, and the size of the RIFF
+ * chunk. The hints `SDL_HINT_WAVE_RIFF_CHUNK_SIZE`, `SDL_HINT_WAVE_TRUNCATION`,
+ * and `SDL_HINT_WAVE_FACT_CHUNK` can be used to tune the behavior of the
+ * loading process.
  *
- *  Any file that is invalid (due to truncation, corruption, or wrong values in
- *  the headers), too big, or unsupported causes an error. Additionally, any
- *  critical I/O error from the data source will terminate the loading process
- *  with an error. The function returns NULL on error and in all cases (with the
- *  exception of \c src being NULL), an appropriate error message will be set.
+ * Any file that is invalid (due to truncation, corruption, or wrong values in
+ * the headers), too big, or unsupported causes an error. Additionally, any
+ * critical I/O error from the data source will terminate the loading process
+ * with an error. The function returns NULL on error and in all cases (with the
+ * exception of `src` being NULL), an appropriate error message will be set.
  *
- *  It is required that the data source supports seeking.
+ * It is required that the data source supports seeking.
  *
- *  Example:
- *  \code
- *      SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
- *  \endcode
+ * Example:
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, &spec, &buf, &len);
+ * ```
  *
- *  \param src The data source with the WAVE data
- *  \param freesrc A integer value that makes the function close the data source if non-zero
- *  \param spec A pointer filled with the audio format of the audio data
- *  \param audio_buf A pointer filled with the audio data allocated by the function
- *  \param audio_len A pointer filled with the length of the audio data buffer in bytes
- *  \return NULL on error, or non-NULL on success.
+ * Note that the SDL_LoadWAV macro does this same thing for you, but in a less
+ * messy way:
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_LoadWAV("sample.wav", &spec, &buf, &len);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param src The data source for the WAVE data
+ * \param freesrc If non-zero, SDL will _always_ free the data source
+ * \param spec An SDL_AudioSpec that will be filled in with the wave file's
+ *             format details
+ * \param audio_buf A pointer filled with the audio data, allocated by the function.
+ * \param audio_len A pointer filled with the length of the audio data buffer in bytes
+ * \returns This function, if successfully called, returns `spec`, which will
+ *          be filled with the audio data format of the wave source data.
+ *          `audio_buf` will be filled with a pointer to an allocated buffer
+ *          containing the audio data, and `audio_len` is filled with the
+ *          length of that audio buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ *          This function returns NULL if the .WAV file cannot be opened, uses
+ *          an unknown data format, or is corrupt; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ *          When the application is done with the data returned in
+ *          `audio_buf`, it should call SDL_FreeWAV() to dispose of it.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeWAV
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
                                                       int freesrc,
@@ -504,18 +688,50 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
     SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
 
 /**
- *  This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ * Free data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV() or SDL_LoadWAV_RW().
+ *
+ * After a WAVE file has been opened with SDL_LoadWAV() or SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ * its data can eventually be freed with SDL_FreeWAV(). It is safe to call
+ * this function with a NULL pointer.
+ *
+ * \param audio_buf a pointer to the buffer created by SDL_LoadWAV() or
+ *                  SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV
+ * \sa SDL_LoadWAV_RW
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
 
 /**
- *  This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
- *  and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
- *  by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
- *  to the other. An unsupported format causes an error and -1 will be returned.
+ * Initialize an SDL_AudioCVT structure for conversion.
  *
- *  \return 0 if no conversion is needed, 1 if the audio filter is set up,
- *  or -1 on error.
+ * Before an SDL_AudioCVT structure can be used to convert audio data it must
+ * be initialized with source and destination information.
+ *
+ * This function will zero out every field of the SDL_AudioCVT, so it must be
+ * called before the application fills in the final buffer information.
+ *
+ * Once this function has returned successfully, and reported that a
+ * conversion is necessary, the application fills in the rest of the fields in
+ * SDL_AudioCVT, now that it knows how large a buffer it needs to allocate,
+ * and then can call SDL_ConvertAudio() to complete the conversion.
+ *
+ * \param cvt an SDL_AudioCVT structure filled in with audio conversion
+ *            information
+ * \param src_format the source format of the audio data; for more info see
+ *                   SDL_AudioFormat
+ * \param src_channels the number of channels in the source
+ * \param src_rate the frequency (sample-frames-per-second) of the source
+ * \param dst_format the destination format of the audio data; for more info
+ *                   see SDL_AudioFormat
+ * \param dst_channels the number of channels in the destination
+ * \param dst_rate the frequency (sample-frames-per-second) of the
+ *                 destination
+ * \returns 1 if the audio filter is prepared, 0 if no conversion is needed,
+ *          or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ConvertAudio
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
                                               SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
@@ -526,16 +742,40 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
                                               int dst_rate);
 
 /**
- *  Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
- *  created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
- *  audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
- *  to the desired format.
+ * Convert audio data to a desired audio format.
  *
- *  The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
- *  \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
- *  SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
+ * This function does the actual audio data conversion, after the application
+ * has called SDL_BuildAudioCVT() to prepare the conversion information and
+ * then filled in the buffer details.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 if \c cvt->buf is NULL.
+ * Once the application has initialized the `cvt` structure using
+ * SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), allocated an audio buffer and filled it with audio
+ * data in the source format, this function will convert the buffer, in-place,
+ * to the desired format.
+ *
+ * The data conversion may go through several passes; any given pass may
+ * possibly temporarily increase the size of the data. For example, SDL might
+ * expand 16-bit data to 32 bits before resampling to a lower frequency,
+ * shrinking the data size after having grown it briefly. Since the supplied
+ * buffer will be both the source and destination, converting as necessary
+ * in-place, the application must allocate a buffer that will fully contain
+ * the data during its largest conversion pass. After SDL_BuildAudioCVT()
+ * returns, the application should set the `cvt->len` field to the size, in
+ * bytes, of the source data, and allocate a buffer that is
+ * `cvt->len * cvt->len_mult` bytes long for the `buf` field.
+ *
+ * The source data should be copied into this buffer before the call to
+ * SDL_ConvertAudio(). Upon successful return, this buffer will contain the
+ * converted audio, and `cvt->len_cvt` will be the size of the converted data,
+ * in bytes. Any bytes in the buffer past `cvt->len_cvt` are undefined once
+ * this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param cvt an SDL_AudioCVT structure that was previously set up by
+ *            SDL_BuildAudioCVT().
+ * \returns 0 if the conversion was completed successfully or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BuildAudioCVT
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
 
@@ -551,7 +791,7 @@ struct _SDL_AudioStream;
 typedef struct _SDL_AudioStream SDL_AudioStream;
 
 /**
- *  Create a new audio stream
+ *  Create a new audio stream.
  *
  *  \param src_format The format of the source audio
  *  \param src_channels The number of channels of the source audio
@@ -559,7 +799,7 @@ typedef struct _SDL_AudioStream SDL_AudioStream;
  *  \param dst_format The format of the desired audio output
  *  \param dst_channels The number of channels of the desired audio output
  *  \param dst_rate The sampling rate of the desired audio output
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *  \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
  *
  *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
  *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
@@ -576,12 +816,12 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStream * SDLCALL SDL_NewAudioStream(const SDL_AudioForm
                                            const int dst_rate);
 
 /**
- *  Add data to be converted/resampled to the stream
+ *  Add data to be converted/resampled to the stream.
  *
  *  \param stream The stream the audio data is being added to
  *  \param buf A pointer to the audio data to add
  *  \param len The number of bytes to write to the stream
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *  \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
  *
  *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
  *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamGet
@@ -598,7 +838,7 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioStreamPut(SDL_AudioStream *stream, const vo
  *  \param stream The stream the audio is being requested from
  *  \param buf A buffer to fill with audio data
  *  \param len The maximum number of bytes to fill
- *  \return The number of bytes read from the stream, or -1 on error
+ *  \returns the number of bytes read from the stream, or -1 on error
  *
  *  \sa SDL_NewAudioStream
  *  \sa SDL_AudioStreamPut
@@ -667,19 +907,55 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeAudioStream(SDL_AudioStream *stream);
 
 #define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
 /**
- *  This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
- *  them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
- *  The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
- *  for full audio volume.  Note this does not change hardware volume.
- *  This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
+ * This function is a legacy means of mixing audio.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_MixAudioFormat(dst, src, format, len, volume);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * where `format` is the obtained format of the audio device from the legacy
+ * SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \param dst the destination for the mixed audio
+ * \param src the source audio buffer to be mixed
+ * \param len the length of the audio buffer in bytes
+ * \param volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ *               for full audio volume
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MixAudioFormat
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
                                           Uint32 len, int volume);
 
 /**
- *  This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
- *  using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
- *  device is open at all.
+ * Mix audio data in a specified format.
+ *
+ * This takes an audio buffer `src` of `len` bytes of `format` data and
+ * mixes it into `dst`, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow
+ * clipping. The buffer pointed to by `dst` must also be `len` bytes of
+ * `format` data.
+ *
+ * This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
+ *
+ * Do not use this function for mixing together more than two streams of
+ * sample data. The output from repeated application of this function may be
+ * distorted by clipping, because there is no accumulator with greater range
+ * than the input (not to mention this being an inefficient way of doing it).
+ *
+ * It is a common misconception that this function is required to write audio
+ * data to an output stream in an audio callback. While you can do that,
+ * SDL_MixAudioFormat() is really only needed when you're mixing a single
+ * audio stream with a volume adjustment.
+ *
+ * \param dst the destination for the mixed audio
+ * \param src the source audio buffer to be mixed
+ * \param format the SDL_AudioFormat structure representing the desired audio
+ *               format
+ * \param len the length of the audio buffer in bytes
+ * \param volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ *               for full audio volume
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
                                                 const Uint8 * src,
@@ -687,161 +963,163 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
                                                 Uint32 len, int volume);
 
 /**
- *  Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
+ * Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
  *
- *  (If you are looking to retrieve queued audio from a non-callback capture
- *  device, you want SDL_DequeueAudio() instead. This will return -1 to
- *  signify an error if you use it with capture devices.)
+ * If you are looking to retrieve queued audio from a non-callback capture
+ * device, you want SDL_DequeueAudio() instead. SDL_QueueAudio() will return
+ * -1 to signify an error if you use it with capture devices.
  *
- *  SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
- *  callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio
- *  (pull method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect
- *  you to supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
+ * SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
+ * callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio (pull
+ * method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect you to
+ * supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
  *
- *  There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
- *  exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
- *  necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs
- *  audio but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up
- *  the difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback
- *  if you aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
+ * There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
+ * exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
+ * necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs audio
+ * but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up the
+ * difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback if you
+ * aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
  *
- *  This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when
- *  the function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the
- *  same device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will
- *  be queued first.
+ * This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when the
+ * function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the same
+ * device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will be
+ * queued first.
  *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback
- *  or queue audio with this function, but not both.
+ * You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
+ * callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback or
+ * queue audio with this function, but not both.
  *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
  *
- *  \param dev The device ID to which we will queue audio.
- *  \param data The data to queue to the device for later playback.
- *  \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ * \param dev the device ID to which we will queue audio
+ * \param data the data to queue to the device for later playback
+ * \param len the number of bytes (not samples!) to which `data` points
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, const void *data, Uint32 len);
 
 /**
- *  Dequeue more audio on non-callback devices.
+ * Dequeue more audio on non-callback devices.
  *
- *  (If you are looking to queue audio for output on a non-callback playback
- *  device, you want SDL_QueueAudio() instead. This will always return 0
- *  if you use it with playback devices.)
+ * If you are looking to queue audio for output on a non-callback playback
+ * device, you want SDL_QueueAudio() instead. SDL_DequeueAudio() will always
+ * return 0 if you use it with playback devices.
  *
- *  SDL offers two ways to retrieve audio from a capture device: you can
- *  either supply a callback that SDL triggers with some frequency as the
- *  device records more audio data, (push method), or you can supply no
- *  callback, and then SDL will expect you to retrieve data at regular
- *  intervals (pull method) with this function.
+ * SDL offers two ways to retrieve audio from a capture device: you can either
+ * supply a callback that SDL triggers with some frequency as the device
+ * records more audio data, (push method), or you can supply no callback, and
+ * then SDL will expect you to retrieve data at regular intervals (pull
+ * method) with this function.
  *
- *  There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
- *  exhaustion of address space. Data from the device will keep queuing as
- *  necessary without further intervention from you. This means you will
- *  eventually run out of memory if you aren't routinely dequeueing data.
+ * There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
+ * exhaustion of address space. Data from the device will keep queuing as
+ * necessary without further intervention from you. This means you will
+ * eventually run out of memory if you aren't routinely dequeueing data.
  *
- *  Capture devices will not queue data when paused; if you are expecting
- *  to not need captured audio for some length of time, use
- *  SDL_PauseAudioDevice() to stop the capture device from queueing more
- *  data. This can be useful during, say, level loading times. When
- *  unpaused, capture devices will start queueing data from that point,
- *  having flushed any capturable data available while paused.
+ * Capture devices will not queue data when paused; if you are expecting to
+ * not need captured audio for some length of time, use SDL_PauseAudioDevice()
+ * to stop the capture device from queueing more data. This can be useful
+ * during, say, level loading times. When unpaused, capture devices will start
+ * queueing data from that point, having flushed any capturable data available
+ * while paused.
  *
- *  This function is thread-safe, but dequeueing from the same device from
- *  two threads at once does not promise which thread will dequeued data
- *  first.
+ * This function is thread-safe, but dequeueing from the same device from two
+ * threads at once does not promise which thread will dequeue data first.
  *
- *  You may not dequeue audio from a device that is using an
- *  application-supplied callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use
- *  the audio callback, or dequeue audio with this function, but not both.
+ * You may not dequeue audio from a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use
+ * the audio callback, or dequeue audio with this function, but not both.
  *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before dequeueing; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
  *
- *  \param dev The device ID from which we will dequeue audio.
- *  \param data A pointer into where audio data should be copied.
- *  \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
- *  \return number of bytes dequeued, which could be less than requested.
+ * \param dev the device ID from which we will dequeue audio
+ * \param data a pointer into where audio data should be copied
+ * \param len the number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points
+ * \returns number of bytes dequeued, which could be less than requested; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_DequeueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, void *data, Uint32 len);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
+ * Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
  *
- *  For playback device:
+ * For playback devices: this is the number of bytes that have been queued
+ * for playback with SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the
+ * hardware.
  *
- *    This is the number of bytes that have been queued for playback with
- *    SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the hardware. This
- *    number may shrink at any time, so this only informs of pending data.
+ * Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the exact
+ * byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just gave the
+ * hardware several kilobytes right before you called this function, but it
+ * hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
  *
- *    Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the
- *    exact byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just
- *    gave the hardware several kilobytes right before you called this
- *    function, but it hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
+ * For capture devices, this is the number of bytes that have been captured by
+ * the device and are waiting for you to dequeue. This number may grow at any
+ * time, so this only informs of the lower-bound of available data.
  *
- *  For capture devices:
+ * You may not queue or dequeue audio on a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; calling this function on such a device
+ * always returns 0. You have to use the audio callback or queue audio, but
+ * not both.
  *
- *    This is the number of bytes that have been captured by the device and
- *    are waiting for you to dequeue. This number may grow at any time, so
- *    this only informs of the lower-bound of available data.
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
+ * handles locking internally for this function.
  *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; calling this function on such a device always returns 0.
- *  You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
- *  the audio callback, but not both.
+ * \param dev the device ID of which we will query queued audio size
+ * \returns the number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
  *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
- *  handles locking internally for this function.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
  *
- *  \param dev The device ID of which we will query queued audio size.
- *  \return Number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_QueueAudio
- *  \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
+ * \sa SDL_QueueAudio
+ * \sa SDL_DequeueAudio
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
 
 /**
- *  Drop any queued audio data. For playback devices, this is any queued data
- *  still waiting to be submitted to the hardware. For capture devices, this
- *  is any data that was queued by the device that hasn't yet been dequeued by
- *  the application.
+ * Drop any queued audio data waiting to be sent to the hardware.
  *
- *  Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0. For
- *  playback devices, the hardware will start playing silence if more audio
- *  isn't queued. Unpaused capture devices will start filling the queue again
- *  as soon as they have more data available (which, depending on the state
- *  of the hardware and the thread, could be before this function call
- *  returns!).
+ * Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0. For
+ * output devices, the hardware will start playing silence if more audio isn't
+ * queued. For capture devices, the hardware will start filling the empty
+ * queue with new data if the capture device isn't paused.
  *
- *  This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent
- *  to the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some
- *  fraction of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be
- *  useful if you want to, say, drop any pending music during a level change
- *  in your game.
+ * This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent to
+ * the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some fraction
+ * of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be useful if you
+ * want to, say, drop any pending music or any unprocessed microphone input
+ * during a level change in your game.
  *
- *  You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
- *  callback; calling this function on such a device is always a no-op.
- *  You have to queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio()/SDL_DequeueAudio(), or use
- *  the audio callback, but not both.
+ * You may not queue or dequeue audio on a device that is using an
+ * application-supplied callback; calling this function on such a device
+ * always returns 0. You have to use the audio callback or queue audio, but
+ * not both.
  *
- *  You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
- *  queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
+ * You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
+ * queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
  *
- *  This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
+ * This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
  *
- *  \param dev The device ID of which to clear the audio queue.
+ * \param dev the device ID of which to clear the audio queue
  *
- *  \sa SDL_QueueAudio
- *  \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
+ * \sa SDL_QueueAudio
+ * \sa SDL_DequeueAudio
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearQueuedAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
 
@@ -862,7 +1140,17 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
 /* @} *//* Audio lock functions */
 
 /**
- *  This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
+ * This function is a legacy means of closing the audio device.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to calling
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_CloseAudioDevice(1);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * and is only useful if you used the legacy SDL_OpenAudio() function.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_OpenAudio
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);

include/SDL_blendmode.h

@@ -91,19 +91,106 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_BlendFactor;
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a custom blend mode, which may or may not be supported by a given renderer
+ * Compose a custom blend mode for renderers.
  *
- *  \param srcColorFactor source color factor
- *  \param dstColorFactor destination color factor
- *  \param colorOperation color operation
- *  \param srcAlphaFactor source alpha factor
- *  \param dstAlphaFactor destination alpha factor
- *  \param alphaOperation alpha operation
+ * The functions SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode and SDL_SetTextureBlendMode accept
+ * the SDL_BlendMode returned by this function if the renderer supports it.
  *
- *  The result of the blend mode operation will be:
- *      dstRGB = dstRGB * dstColorFactor colorOperation srcRGB * srcColorFactor
- *  and
- *      dstA = dstA * dstAlphaFactor alphaOperation srcA * srcAlphaFactor
+ * A blend mode controls how the pixels from a drawing operation (source) get
+ * combined with the pixels from the render target (destination). First, the
+ * components of the source and destination pixels get multiplied with their
+ * blend factors. Then, the blend operation takes the two products and
+ * calculates the result that will get stored in the render target.
+ *
+ * Expressed in pseudocode, it would look like this:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * dstRGB = colorOperation(srcRGB * srcColorFactor, dstRGB * dstColorFactor);
+ * dstA = alphaOperation(srcA * srcAlphaFactor, dstA * dstAlphaFactor);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * Where the functions `colorOperation(src, dst)` and
+ * `alphaOperation(src, dst)` can return one of the following:
+ *
+ * - `src + dst`
+ *
+ * - `src - dst`
+ *
+ * - `dst - src`
+ *
+ * - `min(src, dst)`
+ *
+ * - `max(src, dst)`
+ *
+ * The red, green, and blue components are always multiplied with the first,
+ * second, and third components of the SDL_BlendFactor, respectively. The
+ * fourth component is not used.
+ *
+ * The alpha component is always multiplied with the fourth component of the
+ * SDL_BlendFactor. The other components are not used in the alpha
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * Support for these blend modes varies for each renderer. To check if a
+ * specific SDL_BlendMode is supported, create a renderer and pass it to
+ * either SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode or SDL_SetTextureBlendMode. They will
+ * return with an error if the blend mode is not supported.
+ *
+ * This list describes the support of custom blend modes for each renderer in
+ * SDL 2.0.6. All renderers support the four blend modes listed in the
+ * SDL_BlendMode enumeration.
+ *
+ * - **direct3d**: Supports `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` with all factors.
+ *
+ * - **direct3d11**: Supports all operations with all factors. However, some
+ * factors produce unexpected results with `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MINIMUM` and
+ * `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_MAXIMUM`.
+ *
+ * - **opengl**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` operation with all
+ * factors. OpenGL versions 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 do not work correctly with
+ * SDL 2.0.6.
+ *
+ * - **opengles**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD` operation with all
+ * factors. Color and alpha factors need to be the same. OpenGL ES 1
+ * implementation specific: May also support `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT`
+ * and `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT`. May support color and alpha
+ * operations being different from each other. May support color and alpha
+ * factors being different from each other.
+ *
+ * - **opengles2**: Supports the `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_ADD`,
+ * `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_SUBTRACT`, `SDL_BLENDOPERATION_REV_SUBTRACT` operations
+ * with all factors.
+ *
+ * - **psp**: No custom blend mode support.
+ *
+ * - **software**: No custom blend mode support.
+ *
+ * Some renderers do not provide an alpha component for the default render
+ * target. The `SDL_BLENDFACTOR_DST_ALPHA` and
+ * `SDL_BLENDFACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA` factors do not have an effect in this
+ * case.
+ *
+ * \param srcColorFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the red, green, and
+ *                       blue components of the source pixels
+ * \param dstColorFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the red, green, and
+ *                       blue components of the destination pixels
+ * \param colorOperation the SDL_BlendOperation used to combine the red,
+ *                       green, and blue components of the source and
+ *                       destination pixels
+ * \param srcAlphaFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the alpha component of
+ *                       the source pixels
+ * \param dstAlphaFactor the SDL_BlendFactor applied to the alpha component of
+ *                       the destination pixels
+ * \param alphaOperation the SDL_BlendOperation used to combine the alpha
+ *                       component of the source and destination pixels
+ * \returns an SDL_BlendMode that represents the chosen factors and
+ *          operations.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.6.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_BlendMode SDLCALL SDL_ComposeCustomBlendMode(SDL_BlendFactor srcColorFactor,
                                                                  SDL_BlendFactor dstColorFactor,

include/SDL_clipboard.h

@@ -39,23 +39,41 @@ extern "C" {
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- * \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
+ * Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard.
  *
- * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ * \param text the text to store in the clipboard
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_HasClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
+ * Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free().
  *
- * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
+ * This functions returns NULL if there was not enough memory left for a copy
+ * of the clipboard's content.
+ *
+ * \returns the clipboard text on success or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information. Caller must call SDL_free()
+ *          on the returned pointer when done with it.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
+ * Query whether the clipboard exists and contains a non-empty text string.
  *
- * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the clipboard has text, or SDL_FALSE if it does not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
 

include/SDL_cpuinfo.h

@@ -117,136 +117,340 @@ extern "C" {
 #define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE  128
 
 /**
- *  This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
+ * Get the number of CPU cores available.
+ *
+ * \returns the total number of logical CPU cores. On CPUs that include
+ *          technologies such as hyperthreading, the number of logical cores
+ *          may be more than the number of physical cores.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
+ * Determine the L1 cache line size of the CPU.
  *
- *  This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
- *  or SIMD prefetch sizes.
+ * This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding or SIMD
+ * prefetch sizes.
+ *
+ * \returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AltiVec features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using PowerPC instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AltiVec features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has MMX features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has MMX features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has 3DNow! features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using AMD instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has 3DNow! features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE3 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE3 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE4.1 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has SSE4.2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AVX features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX2
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AVX2 features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX2 features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX2 features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Has3DNow
+ * \sa SDL_HasAltiVec
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
+ * \sa SDL_HasMMX
+ * \sa SDL_HasRDTSC
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE2
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE3
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE41
+ * \sa SDL_HasSSE42
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX2(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has AVX-512F (foundation) features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has AVX-512F (foundation) features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using Intel instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has AVX-512F features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasAVX
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX512F(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has ARM SIMD (ARMv6) features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has ARM SIMD (ARMv6) features.
+ *
+ * This is different from ARM NEON, which is a different instruction set.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using ARM instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has ARM SIMD features or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasNEON
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasARMSIMD(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns true if the CPU has NEON (ARM SIMD) features.
+ * Determine whether the CPU has NEON (ARM SIMD) features.
+ *
+ * This always returns false on CPUs that aren't using ARM instruction sets.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the CPU has ARM NEON features or SDL_FALSE if not.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasNEON(void);
 
 /**
- *  This function returns the amount of RAM configured in the system, in MB.
+ * Get the amount of RAM configured in the system.
+ *
+ * \returns the amount of RAM configured in the system in MB.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSystemRAM(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Report the alignment this system needs for SIMD allocations.
+ * Report the alignment this system needs for SIMD allocations.
  *
  * This will return the minimum number of bytes to which a pointer must be
- *  aligned to be compatible with SIMD instructions on the current machine.
- *  For example, if the machine supports SSE only, it will return 16, but if
- *  it supports AVX-512F, it'll return 64 (etc). This only reports values for
- *  instruction sets SDL knows about, so if your SDL build doesn't have
- *  SDL_HasAVX512F(), then it might return 16 for the SSE support it sees and
- *  not 64 for the AVX-512 instructions that exist but SDL doesn't know about.
- *  Plan accordingly.
+ * aligned to be compatible with SIMD instructions on the current machine.
+ * For example, if the machine supports SSE only, it will return 16, but if
+ * it supports AVX-512F, it'll return 64 (etc). This only reports values for
+ * instruction sets SDL knows about, so if your SDL build doesn't have
+ * SDL_HasAVX512F(), then it might return 16 for the SSE support it sees and
+ * not 64 for the AVX-512 instructions that exist but SDL doesn't know about.
+ * Plan accordingly.
+ *
+ * \returns Alignment in bytes needed for available, known SIMD instructions.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_SIMDGetAlignment(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Allocate memory in a SIMD-friendly way.
+ * Allocate memory in a SIMD-friendly way.
  *
  * This will allocate a block of memory that is suitable for use with SIMD
- *  instructions. Specifically, it will be properly aligned and padded for
- *  the system's supported vector instructions.
+ * instructions. Specifically, it will be properly aligned and padded for
+ * the system's supported vector instructions.
  *
  * The memory returned will be padded such that it is safe to read or write
- *  an incomplete vector at the end of the memory block. This can be useful
- *  so you don't have to drop back to a scalar fallback at the end of your
- *  SIMD processing loop to deal with the final elements without overflowing
- *  the allocated buffer.
+ * an incomplete vector at the end of the memory block. This can be useful
+ * so you don't have to drop back to a scalar fallback at the end of your
+ * SIMD processing loop to deal with the final elements without overflowing
+ * the allocated buffer.
  *
  * You must free this memory with SDL_FreeSIMD(), not free() or SDL_free()
- *  or delete[], etc.
+ * or delete[], etc.
  *
  * Note that SDL will only deal with SIMD instruction sets it is aware of;
- *  for example, SDL 2.0.8 knows that SSE wants 16-byte vectors
- *  (SDL_HasSSE()), and AVX2 wants 32 bytes (SDL_HasAVX2()), but doesn't
- *  know that AVX-512 wants 64. To be clear: if you can't decide to use an
- *  instruction set with an SDL_Has*() function, don't use that instruction
- *  set with memory allocated through here.
+ * for example, SDL 2.0.8 knows that SSE wants 16-byte vectors
+ * (SDL_HasSSE()), and AVX2 wants 32 bytes (SDL_HasAVX2()), but doesn't
+ * know that AVX-512 wants 64. To be clear: if you can't decide to use an
+ * instruction set with an SDL_Has*() function, don't use that instruction
+ * set with memory allocated through here.
  *
  * SDL_AllocSIMD(0) will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't
- *  out of memory.
+ * out of memory, but you are not allowed to dereference it (because you only
+ * own zero bytes of that buffer).
  *
- *  \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocated. The actual
- *             allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc.
- * \return Pointer to newly-allocated block, NULL if out of memory.
+ * \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocate. The actual
+ *            allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc.
+ * \returns Pointer to newly-allocated block, NULL if out of memory.
  *
  * \sa SDL_SIMDAlignment
  * \sa SDL_SIMDRealloc
@@ -255,20 +459,20 @@ extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_SIMDGetAlignment(void);
 extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDAlloc(const size_t len);
 
 /**
- * \brief Reallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ * Reallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
  *
  * It is not valid to use this function on a pointer from anything but
- *  SDL_SIMDAlloc(). It can't be used on pointers from malloc, realloc,
- *  SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
+ * SDL_SIMDAlloc(). It can't be used on pointers from malloc, realloc,
+ * SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
  *
- *  \param mem The pointer obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc. This function also
- *             accepts NULL, at which point this function is the same as
- *             calling SDL_realloc with a NULL pointer.
- *  \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocated. The actual
- *             allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc. Passing 0
- *             will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't out of
- *             memory.
- * \return Pointer to newly-reallocated block, NULL if out of memory.
+ * \param mem The pointer obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc. This function also
+ *            accepts NULL, at which point this function is the same as
+ *            calling SDL_SIMDAlloc with a NULL pointer.
+ * \param len The length, in bytes, of the block to allocated. The actual
+ *            allocated block might be larger due to padding, etc. Passing 0
+ *            will return a non-NULL pointer, assuming the system isn't out of
+ *            memory.
+ * \returns Pointer to newly-reallocated block, NULL if out of memory.
  *
  * \sa SDL_SIMDAlignment
  * \sa SDL_SIMDAlloc
@@ -277,20 +481,27 @@ extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDAlloc(const size_t len);
 extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_SIMDRealloc(void *mem, const size_t len);
 
 /**
- * \brief Deallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
+ * Deallocate memory obtained from SDL_SIMDAlloc
  *
  * It is not valid to use this function on a pointer from anything but
- *  SDL_SIMDAlloc(). It can't be used on pointers from malloc, realloc,
- *  SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
+ * SDL_SIMDAlloc() or SDL_SIMDRealloc(). It can't be used on pointers from
+ * malloc, realloc, SDL_malloc, memalign, new[], etc.
  *
  * However, SDL_SIMDFree(NULL) is a legal no-op.
  *
+ * The memory pointed to by `ptr` is no longer valid for access upon return,
+ * and may be returned to the system or reused by a future allocation.
+ * The pointer passed to this function is no longer safe to dereference once
+ * this function returns, and should be discarded.
+ *
+ * \param ptr The pointer, returned from SDL_SIMDAlloc or SDL_SIMDRealloc,
+ *            to deallocate. NULL is a legal no-op.
+ *
  * \sa SDL_SIMDAlloc
  * \sa SDL_SIMDRealloc
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SIMDFree(void *ptr);
 
-/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

include/SDL_error.h

@@ -40,41 +40,83 @@ extern "C" {
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the error message for the current thread
+ * Set the SDL error message for the current thread.
  *
- *  \return -1, there is no error handling for this function
+ * Calling this function will replace any previous error message that was set.
+ *
+ * This function always returns -1, since SDL frequently uses -1 to signify
+ * an failing result, leading to this idiom:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * if (error_code) {
+ *     return SDL_SetError("This operation has failed: %d", error_code);
+ * }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param fmt a printf()-style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the `fmt` string,
+ *            if any
+ * \returns always -1.
+ *
+ * \sa  SDL_ClearError
+ * \sa  SDL_GetError
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the last error message that was set
+ * Retrieve a message about the last error that occurred on the current thread.
  *
- * SDL API functions may set error messages and then succeed, so you should
- * only use the error value if a function fails.
- * 
- * This returns a pointer to a static buffer for convenience and should not
- * be called by multiple threads simultaneously.
+ * It is possible for multiple errors to occur before calling SDL_GetError().
+ * Only the last error is returned.
  *
- *  \return a pointer to the last error message that was set
+ * The message is only applicable when an SDL function has signaled an error.
+ * You must check the return values of SDL function calls to determine when
+ * to appropriately call SDL_GetError(). You should _not_ use the results
+ * of SDL_GetError() to decide if an error has occurred! Sometimes SDL will
+ * set an error string even when reporting success.
+ *
+ * SDL will _not_ clear the error string for successful API calls. You _must_
+ * check return values for failure cases before you can assume the error
+ * string applies.
+ *
+ * Error strings are set per-thread, so an error set in a different thread
+ * will not interfere with the current thread's operation.
+ *
+ * The returned string is internally allocated and must not be freed by the
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \returns a message with information about the specific error that occurred,
+ *          or an empty string if there hasn't been an error message set since
+ *          the last call to SDL_ClearError(). The message is only applicable when an
+ *          SDL function has signaled an error. You must check the return
+ *          values of SDL function calls to determine when to appropriately
+ *          call SDL_GetError().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ClearError
+ * \sa SDL_SetError
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the last error message that was set for the current thread
+ * Get the last error message that was set for the current thread.
  *
- * SDL API functions may set error messages and then succeed, so you should
- * only use the error value if a function fails.
- * 
- *  \param errstr A buffer to fill with the last error message that was set
+ * This allows the caller to copy the error string into a provided buffer,
+ * but otherwise operates exactly the same as SDL_GetError().
+ *
+ * \param errstr A buffer to fill with the last error message that was set
  *                for the current thread
- *  \param maxlen The size of the buffer pointed to by the errstr parameter
+ * \param maxlen The size of the buffer pointed to by the errstr parameter
+ * \returns The pointer passed in as the `errstr` parameter.
  *
- *  \return errstr
+ * \sa SDL_GetError
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetErrorMsg(char *errstr, int maxlen);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Clear the error message for the current thread
+ * Clear any previous error message for this thread.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetError
+ * \sa SDL_SetError
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
 

include/SDL_events.h

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #define SDL_PRESSED 1
 
 /**
- * \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
+ * The types of events that can be delivered.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -637,11 +637,24 @@ SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(SDL_Event, sizeof(SDL_Event) == 56);
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+ * Pump the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
  *
- *  This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+ * This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
  *
- *  This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
+ * **WARNING**: This should only be run in the thread that initialized the
+ * video subsystem, and for extra safety, you should consider only doing those
+ * things on the main thread in any case.
+ *
+ * SDL_PumpEvents() gathers all the pending input information from devices and
+ * places it in the event queue. Without calls to SDL_PumpEvents() no events
+ * would ever be placed on the queue. Often the need for calls to
+ * SDL_PumpEvents() is hidden from the user since SDL_PollEvent() and
+ * SDL_WaitEvent() implicitly call SDL_PumpEvents(). However, if you are not
+ * polling or waiting for events (e.g. you are filtering them), then you must
+ * call SDL_PumpEvents() to force an event queue update.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
 
@@ -654,22 +667,42 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_eventaction;
 
 /**
- *  Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+ * Check the event queue for messages and optionally return them.
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
- *  the back of the event queue.
+ * `action` may be any of the following:
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
- *  of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
- *  will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
+ * - `SDL_ADDEVENT`: up to `numevents` events will be added to the back of
+ * the event queue.
  *
- *  If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
- *  of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
- *  will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
+ * - `SDL_PEEKEVENT`: `numevents` events at the front of the event queue,
+ * within the specified minimum and maximum type, will be returned to the
+ * caller and will _not_ be removed from the queue.
  *
- *  \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
+ * - `SDL_GETEVENT`: up to `numevents` events at the front of the event queue,
+ * within the specified minimum and maximum type, will be returned to the
+ * caller and will be removed from the queue.
  *
- *  This function is thread-safe.
+ * You may have to call SDL_PumpEvents() before calling this function.
+ * Otherwise, the events may not be ready to be filtered when you call
+ * SDL_PeepEvents().
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe.
+ *
+ * \param events destination buffer for the retrieved events
+ * \param numevents if action is SDL_ADDEVENT, the number of events to add
+ *                  back to the event queue; if action is SDL_PEEKEVENT or
+ *                  SDL_GETEVENT, the maximum number of events to retrieve
+ * \param action action to take; see [[#action|Remarks]] for details
+ * \param minType minimum value of the event type to be considered;
+ *                SDL_FIRSTEVENT is a safe choice
+ * \param maxType maximum value of the event type to be considered;
+ *                SDL_LASTEVENT is a safe choice
+ * \returns the number of events actually stored or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
                                            SDL_eventaction action,
@@ -677,113 +710,330 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
 /* @} */
 
 /**
- *  Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
+ * Check for the existence of a certain event type in the event queue.
+ *
+ * If you need to check for a range of event types, use SDL_HasEvents()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event to be queried; see SDL_EventType for details
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if events matching `type` are present, or SDL_FALSE if
+ *          events matching `type` are not present.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Check for the existence of certain event types in the event queue.
+ *
+ * If you need to check for a single event type, use SDL_HasEvent() instead.
+ *
+ * \param minType the low end of event type to be queried, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param maxType the high end of event type to be queried, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if events with type >= `minType` and <= `maxType` are
+ *          present, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasEvents
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
 
 /**
- *  This function clears events from the event queue
- *  This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
- *  sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
- *  on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ * Clear events of a specific type from the event queue.
+ *
+ * This will unconditionally remove any events from the queue that match
+ * `type`. If you need to remove a range of event types, use SDL_FlushEvents()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * It's also normal to just ignore events you don't care about in your event
+ * loop without calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
+ * sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
+ * on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event to be cleared; see SDL_EventType for details
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FlushEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
+
+/**
+ * Clear events of a range of types from the event queue.
+ *
+ * This will unconditionally remove any events from the queue that are in the
+ * range of `minType` to `maxType`, inclusive. If you need to remove a single
+ * event type, use SDL_FlushEvent() instead.
+ *
+ * It's also normal to just ignore events you don't care about in your event
+ * loop without calling this function.
+ *
+ * This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
+ * sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
+ * on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
+ *
+ * \param minType the low end of event type to be cleared, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param maxType the high end of event type to be cleared, inclusive; see
+ *                SDL_EventType for details
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FlushEvent
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Polls for currently pending events.
+ * Poll for currently pending events.
  *
- *  \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`. The 1 returned
+ * refers to this event, immediately stored in the SDL Event structure -- not
+ * an event to follow.
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
+ * If `event` is NULL, it simply returns 1 if there is an event in the queue,
+ * but will not remove it from the queue.
+ *
+ * As this function implicitly calls SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call this
+ * function in the thread that set the video mode.
+ *
+ * SDL_PollEvent() is the favored way of receiving system events since it can
+ * be done from the main loop and does not suspend the main loop while waiting
+ * on an event to be posted.
+ *
+ * The common practice is to fully process the event queue once every frame,
+ * usually as a first step before updating the game's state:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * while (game_is_still_running) {
+ *     SDL_Event event;
+ *     while (SDL_PollEvent(&event)) {  // poll until all events are handled!
+ *         // decide what to do with this event.
+ *     }
+ *
+ *     // update game state, draw the current frame
+ * }
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled with the next event from
+ *              the queue, or NULL
+ * \returns 1 if there is a pending event or 0 if there are none available.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEventTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
+ * Wait indefinitely for the next available event.
  *
- *  \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`.
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
+ * As this function implicitly calls SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call this
+ * function in the thread that initialized the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled in with the next event
+ *              from the queue, or NULL
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEventTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
- *         available event.
+ * Wait until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for
+ * the next available event.
  *
- *  \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ * If `event` is not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in the SDL_Event structure pointed to by `event`.
  *
- *  \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
- *               stored in that area.
- *  \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
+ * As this function implicitly calls SDL_PumpEvents(), you can only call this
+ * function in the thread that initialized the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event structure to be filled in with the next event
+ *              from the queue, or NULL
+ * \param timeout the maximum number of milliseconds to wait for the next
+ *                available event
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information. This also returns 0 if
+ *          the timeout elapsed without an event arriving.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
+ * \sa SDL_WaitEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
                                                  int timeout);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Add an event to the event queue.
+ * Add an event to the event queue.
  *
- *  \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
- *          was full or there was some other error.
+ * The event queue can actually be used as a two way communication channel.
+ * Not only can events be read from the queue, but the user can also push
+ * their own events onto it. `event` is a pointer to the event structure you
+ * wish to push onto the queue. The event is copied into the queue, and the
+ * caller may dispose of the memory pointed to after SDL_PushEvent() returns.
+ *
+ * Note: Pushing device input events onto the queue doesn't modify the state
+ * of the device within SDL.
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe, and can be called from other threads safely.
+ *
+ * Note: Events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PushEvent() get passed through
+ * the event filter but events added with SDL_PeepEvents() do not.
+ *
+ * For pushing application-specific events, please use SDL_RegisterEvents() to
+ * get an event type that does not conflict with other code that also wants
+ * its own custom event types.
+ *
+ * \param event the SDL_Event to be added to the queue
+ * \returns 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information. A
+ *          common reason for error is the event queue being full.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PollEvent
+ * \sa SDL_RegisterEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
 
+/**
+ * A function pointer used for callbacks that watch the event queue.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_SetEventFilter()
+ *        or SDL_AddEventWatch, etc
+ * \param event the event that triggered the callback
+ * \returns Filters return 1 to permit event to be added to the queue, and
+ *          0 to disallow it. When used with SDL_AddEventWatch, the return
+ *          value is ignored.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
+ */
 typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
 
 /**
- *  Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
- *  are posted to the internal event queue.
+ * Set up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
+ * are posted to the internal event queue.
  *
- *  The filter is prototyped as:
- *  \code
- *      int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
- *  \endcode
+ * If the filter function returns 1 when called, then the event will be added
+ * to the internal queue. If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from
+ * the queue, but the internal state will still be updated. This allows
+ * selective filtering of dynamically arriving events.
  *
- *  If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
- *  If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
- *  internal state will still be updated.  This allows selective filtering of
- *  dynamically arriving events.
+ * **WARNING**: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function,
+ * as it may run in a different thread!
  *
- *  \warning  Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
- *            it may run in a different thread!
+ * On platforms that support it, if the quit event is generated by an
+ * interrupt signal (e.g. pressing Ctrl-C), it will be delivered to the
+ * application at the next event poll.
  *
- *  There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type.  The
- *  event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
- *  application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
- *  be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+ * There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type.  The
+ * event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+ * application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
+ * be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
  *
- *  If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
- *  internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
+ * Note: Disabled events never make it to the event filter function; see
+ * SDL_EventState().
+ *
+ * Note: If you just want to inspect events without filtering, you should use
+ * SDL_AddEventWatch() instead.
+ *
+ * Note: Events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PushEvent() get passed through
+ * the event filter, but events pushed onto the queue with SDL_PeepEvents() do
+ * not.
+ *
+ * \param filter An SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
+ * \sa SDL_EventState
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_PeepEvents
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                 void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
- *  If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
+ * Query the current event filter.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to "chain" filters, by saving the existing filter
+ * before replacing it with a function that will call that saved filter.
+ *
+ * \param filter the current callback function will be stored here
+ * \param userdata the pointer that is passed to the current event filter will
+ *                 be stored here
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success or SDL_FALSE if there is no event filter set.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
                                                     void **userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
+ * Add a callback to be triggered when an event is added to the event queue.
+ *
+ * `filter` will be called when an event happens, and its return value is
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function,
+ * as it may run in a different thread!
+ *
+ * If the quit event is generated by a signal (e.g. SIGINT), it will bypass
+ * the internal queue and be delivered to the watch callback immediately, and
+ * arrive at the next event poll.
+ *
+ * Note: the callback is called for events posted by the user through
+ * SDL_PushEvent(), but not for disabled events, nor for events by a filter
+ * callback set with SDL_SetEventFilter(), nor for events posted by the user
+ * through SDL_PeepEvents().
+ *
+ * \param filter an SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens.
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DelEventWatch
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ * Remove an event watch callback added with
+ * SDL_AddEventWatch().
+ *
+ * This function takes the same input as SDL_AddEventWatch() to identify and
+ * delete the corresponding callback.
+ *
+ * \param filter the function originally passed to SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ * \param userdata the pointer originally passed to SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddEventWatch
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                                void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
- *  events for which the filter returns 0.
+ * Run a specific filter function on the current event
+ * queue, removing any events for which the filter returns 0.
+ *
+ * See SDL_SetEventFilter() for more information. Unlike SDL_SetEventFilter(),
+ * this function does not change the filter permanently, it only uses the
+ * supplied filter until this function returns.
+ *
+ * \param filter the SDL_EventFilter function to call when an event happens
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `filter`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventFilter
+ * \sa SDL_SetEventFilter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
                                               void *userdata);
@@ -795,24 +1045,45 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
 #define SDL_ENABLE   1
 
 /**
- *  This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
- *     dropped from the event queue and will not be filtered.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
- *     normally.
- *   - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
- *     current processing state of the specified event.
+ * Set the state of processing events by type.
+ *
+ * `state` may be any of the following:
+ *
+ * - `SDL_QUERY`: returns the current processing state of the specified event
+ *
+ * - `SDL_IGNORE` (aka `SDL_DISABLE`): the event will automatically be dropped
+ * from the event queue and will not be filtered
+ *
+ * - `SDL_ENABLE`: the event will be processed normally
+ *
+ * \param type the type of event; see SDL_EventType for details
+ * \param state how to process the event
+ * \returns `SDL_DISABLE` or `SDL_ENABLE`, representing the processing state
+ *          of the event before this function makes any changes to it.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetEventState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
 /* @} */
 #define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
 
 /**
- *  This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
- *  the beginning event number for that set of events.
+ * Allocate a set of user-defined events, and return the beginning event
+ * number for that set of events.
  *
- *  If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
- *  returns (Uint32)-1
+ * Calling this function with `numevents` <= 0 is an error and will return
+ * (Uint32)-1.
+ *
+ * Note, (Uint32)-1 means the maximum unsigned 32-bit integer value (or
+ * 0xFFFFFFFF), but is clearer to write.
+ *
+ * \param numevents the number of events to be allocated
+ * \returns The beginning event number, or (Uint32)-1 if there are not enough
+ *          user-defined events left.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PushEvent
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
 

include/SDL_filesystem.h

@@ -38,88 +38,102 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the path where the application resides.
+ * Get the directory where the application was run from.
  *
- * Get the "base path". This is the directory where the application was run
- *  from, which is probably the installation directory, and may or may not
- *  be the process's current working directory.
+ * This is not necessarily a fast call, so you should call this once near
+ * startup and save the string if you need it.
  *
- * This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
- *  end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
+ * **Mac OS X and iOS Specific Functionality**: If the application is in a
+ * ".app" bundle, this function returns the Resource directory (e.g.
+ * MyApp.app/Contents/Resources/). This behaviour can be overridden by adding
+ * a property to the Info.plist file. Adding a string key with the name
+ * SDL_FILESYSTEM_BASE_DIR_TYPE with a supported value will change the
+ * behaviour.
  *
- * The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
- *  SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
- *  memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
- *  call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
+ * Supported values for the SDL_FILESYSTEM_BASE_DIR_TYPE property (Given an
+ * application in /Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app):
  *
- * Some platforms can't determine the application's path, and on other
- *  platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
- *  return NULL.
+ * - `resource`: bundle resource directory (the default). For example:
+ * `/Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app/Contents/Resources`
  *
- *  \return String of base dir in UTF-8 encoding, or NULL on error.
+ * - `bundle`: the Bundle directory. Fpr example:
+ * `/Applications/SDLApp/MyApp.app/`
+ *
+ * - `parent`: the containing directory of the bundle. For example:
+ * `/Applications/SDLApp/`
+ *
+ * The returned path is guaranteed to end with a path separator ('\' on
+ * Windows, '/' on most other platforms).
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the caller. Please call SDL_free() on
+ * the pointer when done with it.
+ *
+ * \returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding to the application data
+ *          directory. NULL will be returned on error or when the platform
+ *          doesn't implement this functionality, call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
  *
  * \sa SDL_GetPrefPath
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetBasePath(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
+ * Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
  *
  * Get the "pref dir". This is meant to be where users can write personal
- *  files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
- *  application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
+ * files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
+ * application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
  *
  * This function will decide the appropriate location in the native filesystem,
- *  create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the absolute
- *  path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
+ * create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the absolute
+ * path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
  *
  * On Windows, the string might look like:
- *  "C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\"
  *
- * On Linux, the string might look like:
- *  "/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/"
+ * `C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\`
+ *
+ * On Linux, the string might look like"
+ *
+ * `/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/`
  *
  * On Mac OS X, the string might look like:
- *  "/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/"
  *
- * (etc.)
+ * `/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/`
  *
- * You specify the name of your organization (if it's not a real organization,
- *  your name or an Internet domain you own might do) and the name of your
- *  application. These should be untranslated proper names.
+ * You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe place
+ * to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be writable, or
+ * even the parent of the returned path, isn't where you should be writing
+ * things).
  *
- * Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so
- *  please follow these rules:
+ * Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so please
+ * follow these rules:
  *
- *    - Try to use the same org string (including case-sensitivity) for
- *      all your applications that use this function.
- *    - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
- *      changes for an app once you've decided on it.
- *    - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
- *    - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like
- *      "Game Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
+ * - Try to use the same org string (_including case-sensitivity_) for all
+ * your applications that use this function.
  *
- * This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
- *  end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
+ * - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
+ * changes for an app once you've decided on it.
  *
- * The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
- *  SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
- *  memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
- *  call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
+ * - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
  *
- * You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe
- *  place to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be
- *  writable, or even the parent of the returned path, aren't where you
- *  should be writing things).
+ * - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like "Game
+ * Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
  *
- * Some platforms can't determine the pref path, and on other
- *  platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
- *  return NULL.
+ * The returned path is guaranteed to end with a path separator ('\' on
+ * Windows, '/' on most other platforms).
  *
- *   \param org The name of your organization.
- *   \param app The name of your application.
- *  \return UTF-8 string of user dir in platform-dependent notation. NULL
- *          if there's a problem (creating directory failed, etc).
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the caller. Please call SDL_free() on
+ * the pointer when done with it.
+ *
+ * \param org the name of your organization
+ * \param app the name of your application
+ * \returns a UTF-8 string of the user directory in platform-dependent
+ *          notation. NULL if there's a problem (creating directory failed,
+ *          etc.).
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
  *
  * \sa SDL_GetBasePath
  */

include/SDL_gamecontroller.h

@@ -124,12 +124,32 @@ typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
  */
 
 /**
- *  Load a set of mappings from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file), filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
- *  A community sourced database of controllers is available at https://raw.github.com/gabomdq/SDL_GameControllerDB/master/gamecontrollerdb.txt
+ * Load a set of Game Controller mappings from a seekable SDL data stream.
  *
- *  If \c freerw is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- * 
- * \return number of mappings added, -1 on error
+ * You can call this function several times, if needed, to load different
+ * database files.
+ *
+ * If a new mapping is loaded for an already known controller GUID, the later
+ * version will overwrite the one currently loaded.
+ *
+ * Mappings not belonging to the current platform or with no platform field
+ * specified will be ignored (i.e. mappings for Linux will be ignored in
+ * Windows, etc).
+ *
+ * This function will load the text database entirely in memory before
+ * processing it, so take this into consideration if you are in a memory
+ * constrained environment.
+ *
+ * \param rw the data stream for the mappings to be added
+ * \param freerw non-zero to close the stream after being read
+ * \returns the number of mappings added or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWops * rw, int freerw);
 
@@ -141,161 +161,338 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWops * rw,
 #define SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile(file)   SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
 
 /**
- *  Add or update an existing mapping configuration
+ * Add support for controllers that SDL is unaware of or
+ * to cause an existing controller to have a different binding.
  *
- * \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
+ * The mapping string has the format "GUID,name,mapping", where GUID is the
+ * string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable
+ * string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick
+ * ones. Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers all
+ * XInput devices. The mapping format for joystick is: {| |bX |a joystick
+ * button, index X |- |hX.Y |hat X with value Y |- |aX |axis X of the joystick
+ * |} Buttons can be used as a controller axes and vice versa.
+ *
+ * This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller:
+ *
+ * ```
+ * "341a3608000000000000504944564944,Afterglow PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7"
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param mappingString the mapping string
+ * \returns 1 if a new mapping is added, 0 if an existing mapping is updated,
+ *          -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping(const char* mappingString);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of mappings installed
+ * Get the number of mappings installed.
  *
- *  \return the number of mappings
+ * \returns the number of mappings.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNumMappings(void);
 
 /**
- *  Get the mapping at a particular index.
+ * Get the mapping at a particular index.
  *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if the index is out of range.
+ * \returns the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *          Returns NULL if the index is out of range.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForIndex(int mapping_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get a mapping string for a GUID
+ * Get the game controller mapping string for a given GUID.
  *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if no mapping is available
+ * The returned string must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * \param guid a structure containing the GUID for which a mapping is desired
+ * \returns a mapping string or NULL on error; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID(SDL_JoystickGUID guid);
 
 /**
- *  Get a mapping string for an open GameController
+ * Get the current mapping of a Game Controller.
  *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if no mapping is available
+ * The returned string must be freed with SDL_free().
+ *
+ * Details about mappings are discussed with SDL_GameControllerAddMapping().
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller you want to get the current
+ *                       mapping for
+ * \returns a string that has the controller's mapping or NULL if no mapping
+ *          is available; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerAddMapping
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
+ * Check if the given joystick is supported by the game controller interface.
+ *
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, up to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the given joystick is supported by the game controller
+ *          interface, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or it's an invalid index.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
- *  This can be called before any controllers are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name for the game
+ * controller.
+ *
+ * This function can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the implementation-dependent name for the game controller, or NULL
+ *          if there is no name or the index is invalid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerName
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
+ * \sa SDL_IsGameController
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the type of a game controller.
- *  This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ * Get the type of a game controller.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the controller type.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerType SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerTypeForIndex(int joystick_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the mapping of a game controller.
- *  This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ * Get the mapping of a game controller.
  *
- *  \return the mapping string.  Must be freed with SDL_free().  Returns NULL if no mapping is available
+ * This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, from zero to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()-1
+ * \returns the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free(). Returns NULL
+ *          if no mapping is available.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForDeviceIndex(int joystick_index);
 
 /**
- *  Open a game controller for use.
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
- *  This index is not the value which will identify this controller in future
- *  controller events.  The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be
- *  used there instead.
+ * Open a game controller for use.
  *
- *  \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ * `joystick_index` is the same as the `device_index` passed to
+ * SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the
+ * system. This index is not the value which will identify this controller in
+ * future controller events. The joystick's instance id (SDL_JoystickID) will
+ * be used there instead.
+ *
+ * \param joystick_index the device_index of a device, up to
+ *                       SDL_NumJoysticks()
+ * \returns a gamecontroller identifier or NULL if an error occurred; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerClose
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_IsGameController
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
 
 /**
- * Return the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
+ * Get the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param joyid the instance id to get the SDL_GameController for
+ * \returns an SDL_GameController on success or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
 
 /**
- * Return the SDL_GameController associated with a player index.
+ * Get the SDL_GameController associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * Please note that the player index is _not_ the device index, nor is it
+ * the instance id!
+ *
+ * \param player_index the player index, which is not the device index or
+ *                     the instance id!
+ * \returns the SDL_GameController associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerSetPlayerIndex
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromPlayerIndex(int player_index);
 
 /**
- *  Return the name for this currently opened controller
+ * Get the implementation-dependent name for an opened game controller.
+ *
+ * This is the same name as returned by SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(), but
+ * it takes a controller identifier instead of the (unstable) device index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ * \returns the implementation dependent name for the game controller, or NULL
+ *          if there is no name or the identifier passed is invalid.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Return the type of this currently opened controller
+ * Get the type of this currently opened controller
+ *
+ * This is the same name as returned by SDL_GameControllerTypeForIndex(), but
+ * it takes a controller identifier instead of the (unstable) device index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \returns the controller type.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerType SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetType(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the player index of an opened game controller, or -1 if it's not available
+ *  Get the player index of an opened game controller.
  *
  *  For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \returns player index for controller, or -1 if it's not available.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetPlayerIndex(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Set the player index of an opened game controller
+ *  Set the player index of an opened game controller.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to adjust.
+ * \param player_index Player index to assign to this controller.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetPlayerIndex(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int player_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return USB vendor ID, or zero if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetVendor(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB product ID of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB product ID of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return USB product ID, or zero if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProduct(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the product version of an opened controller, if available.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the product version of an opened controller, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return USB product version, or zero if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetProductVersion(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the serial number of an opened controller, if available.
+ * Get the serial number of an opened controller, if available.
  * 
- *  Returns the serial number of the controller, or NULL if it is not available.
+ * Returns the serial number of the controller, or NULL if it is not available.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object to query.
+ * \return Serial number, or NULL if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetSerial(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
- *  or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
+ * Check if a controller has been opened and is currently connected.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and is currently
+ *          connected, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerClose
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
+ * Get the Joystick ID from a Game Controller.
+ *
+ * This function will give you a SDL_Joystick object, which allows you to use
+ * the SDL_Joystick functions with a SDL_GameController object. This would be
+ * useful for getting a joystick's position at any given time, even if it
+ * hasn't moved (moving it would produce an event, which would have the axis'
+ * value).
+ *
+ * The pointer returned is owned by the SDL_GameController. You should not
+ * call SDL_JoystickClose() on it, for example, since doing so will likely
+ * cause SDL to crash.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller the game controller object that you want to get a
+ *                       joystick from
+ * \returns a SDL_Joystick object; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Enable/disable controller event polling.
+ * Query or change current state of Game Controller events.
  *
- *  If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
- *  yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
- *  information.
+ * If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
+ * yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
+ * information.
  *
- *  The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
+ * Any number can be passed to SDL_GameControllerEventState(), but only -1, 0,
+ * and 1 will have any effect. Other numbers will just be returned.
+ *
+ * \param state can be one of `SDL_QUERY`, `SDL_IGNORE`, or `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * \returns the same value passed to the function, with exception to -1
+ *          (SDL_QUERY), which will return the current state.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickEventState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
 
 /**
- *  Update the current state of the open game controllers.
+ * Manually pump game controller updates if not using the loop.
  *
- *  This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
- *  events are enabled.
+ * This function is called automatically by the event loop if events are
+ * enabled. Under such circumstances, it will not be necessary to call this
+ * function.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
 
@@ -322,35 +519,81 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_GameControllerAxis;
 
 /**
- *  turn this string into a axis mapping
+ * Convert a string into SDL_GameControllerAxis enum.
+ *
+ * This function is called internally to translate SDL_GameController mapping
+ * strings for the underlying joystick device into the consistent
+ * SDL_GameController mapping. You do not normally need to call this function
+ * unless you are parsing SDL_GameController mappings in your own code.
+ *
+ * \param str string representing a SDL_GameController axis
+ * \returns the SDL_GameControllerAxis enum corresponding to the input string,
+ *          or `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID` if no match was found.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis
  */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *str);
 
 /**
- *  turn this axis enum into a string mapping
+ * Convert from an SDL_GameControllerAxis enum to a string.
+ *
+ * The caller should not SDL_free() the returned string.
+ *
+ * \param axis an enum value for a given SDL_GameControllerAxis
+ * \returns a string for the given axis, or NULL if an invalid axis is
+ *          specified. The string returned is of the format used by
+ *          SDL_GameController mapping strings.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
 
 /**
- *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for a controller axis mapping.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis enum value (one of the SDL_GameControllerAxis values)
+ * \returns a SDL_GameControllerButtonBind describing the bind. On
+ *          failure (like the given Controller axis doesn't exist on the
+ *          device), its `.bindType` will be `SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE`.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
 SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
                                  SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
 
 /**
- *  Return whether a game controller has a given axis
+ * Query whether a game controller has a given axis.
+ *
+ * This merely reports whether the controller's mapping defined this axis, as
+ * that is all the information SDL has about the physical device.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis enum value (an SDL_GameControllerAxis value)
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has this axis, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL
 SDL_GameControllerHasAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
  *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767 (except for the triggers,
- *  which range from 0 to 32767).
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
  *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767. Triggers, however, range
+ * from 0 to 32767 (they never return a negative value).
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param axis an axis index (one of the SDL_GameControllerAxis values)
+ * \returns axis state (including 0) on success or 0 (also) on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetButton
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
 SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
@@ -386,150 +629,207 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_GameControllerButton;
 
 /**
- *  turn this string into a button mapping
+ * Convert a string into an SDL_GameControllerButton enum.
+ *
+ * This function is called internally to translate SDL_GameController mapping
+ * strings for the underlying joystick device into the consistent
+ * SDL_GameController mapping. You do not normally need to call this function
+ * unless you are parsing SDL_GameController mappings in your own code.
+ *
+ * \param str string representing a SDL_GameController axis
+ * \returns the SDL_GameControllerButton enum corresponding to the input
+ *          string, or `SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID` if no match was found.
+ *
  */
-extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *str);
 
 /**
- *  turn this button enum into a string mapping
+ * Convert from an SDL_GameControllerButton enum to a string.
+ *
+ * The caller should not SDL_free() the returned string.
+ *
+ * \param button an enum value for a given SDL_GameControllerButton
+ * \returns a string for the given button, or NULL if an invalid axis is
+ *          specified. The string returned is of the format used by
+ *          SDL_GameController mapping strings.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
 
 /**
- *  Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for a controller button mapping.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button an button enum value (an SDL_GameControllerButton value)
+ * \returns a SDL_GameControllerButtonBind describing the bind. On
+ *          failure (like the given Controller button doesn't exist on the
+ *          device), its `.bindType` will be `SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE`.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
 SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
                                    SDL_GameControllerButton button);
 
 /**
- *  Return whether a game controller has a given button
+ * Query whether a game controller has a given button.
+ *
+ * This merely reports whether the controller's mapping defined this button,
+ * as that is all the information SDL has about the physical device.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button a button enum value (an SDL_GameControllerButton value)
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has this button, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
                                                              SDL_GameControllerButton button);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
+ * Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
  *
- *  The button indices start at index 0.
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller
+ * \param button a button index (one of the SDL_GameControllerButton values)
+ * \returns 1 for pressed state or 0 for not pressed state or error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerGetAxis
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
                                                           SDL_GameControllerButton button);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of touchpads on a game controller.
+ * Get the number of touchpads on a game controller.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetNumTouchpads(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of supported simultaneous fingers on a touchpad on a game controller.
+ * Get the number of supported simultaneous fingers on a touchpad on a game controller.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetNumTouchpadFingers(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int touchpad);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of a finger on a touchpad on a game controller.
+ * Get the current state of a finger on a touchpad on a game controller.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetTouchpadFinger(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, int touchpad, int finger, Uint8 *state, float *x, float *y, float *pressure);
 
 /**
- *  Return whether a game controller has a particular sensor.
+ * Return whether a game controller has a particular sensor.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to query
- *  \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the sensor exists, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the sensor exists, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasSensor(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type);
 
 /**
- *  Set whether data reporting for a game controller sensor is enabled
+ * Set whether data reporting for a game controller sensor is enabled.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to update
- *  \param type The type of sensor to enable/disable
- *  \param enabled Whether data reporting should be enabled
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to update
+ * \param type The type of sensor to enable/disable
+ * \param enabled Whether data reporting should be enabled
  *
- *  \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * \returns 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetSensorEnabled(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type, SDL_bool enabled);
 
 /**
- *  Query whether sensor data reporting is enabled for a game controller
+ * Query whether sensor data reporting is enabled for a game controller.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to query
- *  \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the sensor is enabled, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the sensor is enabled, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerIsSensorEnabled(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of a game controller sensor.
+ * Get the current state of a game controller sensor.
  *
- *  The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
- *  See SDL_sensor.h for the details for each type of sensor.
+ * The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
+ * See SDL_sensor.h for the details for each type of sensor.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to query
- *  \param type The type of sensor to query
- *  \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
- *  \param num_values The number of values to write to data
- *
- *  \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \param type The type of sensor to query
+ * \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
+ * \param num_values The number of values to write to data
+ * \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetSensorData(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, SDL_SensorType type, float *data, int num_values);
 
 /**
- *  Start a rumble effect
- *  Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ * Start a rumble effect on a game controller.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
- *  \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling
+ * it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this controller
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
+ * \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left)
+ *                             rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right)
+ *                              rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this controller
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerRumble(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
 
 /**
- *  Start a rumble effect in the game controller's triggers
- *  Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ * Start a rumble effect in the game controller's triggers.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
- *  \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect, and
+ * calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this controller
+ * Note that this is rumbling of the _triggers_ and not the game controller as
+ * a whole. The first controller to offer this feature was the PlayStation 5's
+ * DualShock 5.
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to vibrate
+ * \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                    to 0xFFFF
+ * \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ *
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if trigger rumble isn't supported on this controller
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerRumbleTriggers(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint16 left_rumble, Uint16 right_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
 
 /**
- *  Return whether a controller has an LED
+ * Query whether a game controller has an LED.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to query
- *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this controller does not have a modifiable LED
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this controller does not have a
+ *          modifiable LED
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerHasLED(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
 /**
- *  Update a controller's LED color.
+ * Update a game controller's LED color.
  *
- *  \param gamecontroller The controller to update
- *  \param red The intensity of the red LED
- *  \param green The intensity of the green LED
- *  \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
- *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if this controller does not have a modifiable LED
+ * \param gamecontroller The controller to update
+ * \param red The intensity of the red LED
+ * \param green The intensity of the green LED
+ * \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if this controller does not have a modifiable LED
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerSetLED(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller, Uint8 red, Uint8 green, Uint8 blue);
 
 /**
- *  Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
+ * Close a game controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
+ *
+ * \param gamecontroller a game controller identifier previously returned by
+ *                       SDL_GameControllerOpen()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
 
-
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

include/SDL_gesture.h

@@ -46,36 +46,66 @@ typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
+ * Begin recording a gesture on a specified touch device or all touch devices.
  *
+ * If the parameter `touchId` is -1 (i.e., all devices), this function will
+ * always return 1, regardless of whether there actually are any devices.
  *
+ * \param touchId the touch device id, or -1 for all touch devices
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 if the specified device could not be found.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTouchDevice
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
+ * Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates.
  *
+ * \param dst a SDL_RWops to save to
+ * \returns the number of saved templates on success or 0 on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveDollarTemplate
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *dst);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
+ * Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template.
  *
+ * \param gestureId a gesture id
+ * \param dst a SDL_RWops to save to
+ * \returns 1 on success or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *dst);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
+ * Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file.
  *
+ * \param touchId a touch id
+ * \param src a SDL_RWops to load from
+ * \returns the number of loaded templates on success or a negative error code
+ *          (or 0) on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates
+ * \sa SDL_SaveDollarTemplate
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
 
-
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

include/SDL_haptic.h

@@ -821,418 +821,492 @@ typedef union SDL_HapticEffect
 
 /* Function prototypes */
 /**
- *  \brief Count the number of haptic devices attached to the system.
+ * Count the number of haptic devices attached to the system.
  *
- *  \return Number of haptic devices detected on the system.
+ * \returns the number of haptic devices detected on the system or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumHaptics(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a haptic device.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a haptic device.
  *
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened. If no name can be
+ * found, this function returns NULL.
  *
- *  \param device_index Index of the device to get its name.
- *  \return Name of the device or NULL on error.
+ * \param device_index index of the device to query.
+ * \returns the name of the device or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_NumHaptics
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NumHaptics
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_HapticName(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Opens a haptic device for use.
+ * Open a haptic device for use.
  *
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th haptic device on this
- *  system.
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th haptic device on this
+ * system.
  *
- *  When opening a haptic device, its gain will be set to maximum and
- *  autocenter will be disabled.  To modify these values use
- *  SDL_HapticSetGain() and SDL_HapticSetAutocenter().
+ * When opening a haptic device, its gain will be set to maximum and
+ * autocenter will be disabled. To modify these values use SDL_HapticSetGain()
+ * and SDL_HapticSetAutocenter().
  *
- *  \param device_index Index of the device to open.
- *  \return Device identifier or NULL on error.
+ * \param device_index index of the device to open
+ * \returns the device identifier or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticIndex
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
- *  \sa SDL_HapticClose
- *  \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
- *  \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
- *  \sa SDL_HapticPause
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopAll
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopAll
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpen(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks if the haptic device at index has been opened.
+ * Check if the haptic device at the designated index has been opened.
  *
- *  \param device_index Index to check to see if it has been opened.
- *  \return 1 if it has been opened or 0 if it hasn't.
+ * \param device_index the index of the device to query
+ * \returns 1 if it has been opened, 0 if it hasn't or on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpened(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the index of a haptic device.
+ * Get the index of a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to get the index of.
- *  \return The index of the haptic device or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the index of the specified haptic device or a negative error code
+ *          on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpened
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpened
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticIndex(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets whether or not the current mouse has haptic capabilities.
+ * Query whether or not the current mouse has haptic capabilities.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the mouse is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the mouse is haptic or SDL_FALSE if it isn't.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_MouseIsHaptic(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Tries to open a haptic device from the current mouse.
+ * Try to open a haptic device from the current mouse.
  *
- *  \return The haptic device identifier or NULL on error.
+ * \returns the haptic device identifier or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MouseIsHaptic
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_MouseIsHaptic
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if a joystick has haptic features.
+ * Query if a joystick has haptic features.
  *
- *  \param joystick Joystick to test for haptic capabilities.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't
- *          or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to test for haptic capabilities
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIsHaptic(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Opens a haptic device for use from a joystick device.
+ * Open a haptic device for use from a joystick device.
  *
- *  You must still close the haptic device separately.  It will not be closed
- *  with the joystick.
+ * You must still close the haptic device separately. It will not be closed
+ * with the joystick.
  *
- *  When opening from a joystick you should first close the haptic device before
- *  closing the joystick device.  If not, on some implementations the haptic
- *  device will also get unallocated and you'll be unable to use force feedback
- *  on that device.
+ * When opened from a joystick you should first close the haptic device before
+ * closing the joystick device. If not, on some implementations the haptic
+ * device will also get unallocated and you'll be unable to use force feedback
+ * on that device.
  *
- *  \param joystick Joystick to create a haptic device from.
- *  \return A valid haptic device identifier on success or NULL on error.
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to create a haptic device from
+ * \returns a valid haptic device identifier on success or NULL on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickIsHaptic
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick(SDL_Joystick *
                                                                joystick);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Closes a haptic device previously opened with SDL_HapticOpen().
+ * Close a haptic device previously opened with SDL_HapticOpen().
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to close.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to close
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticClose(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can store.
+ * Get the number of effects a haptic device can store.
  *
- *  On some platforms this isn't fully supported, and therefore is an
- *  approximation.  Always check to see if your created effect was actually
- *  created and do not rely solely on SDL_HapticNumEffects().
+ * On some platforms this isn't fully supported, and therefore is an
+ * approximation. Always check to see if your created effect was actually
+ * created and do not rely solely on SDL_HapticNumEffects().
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query effect max.
- *  \return The number of effects the haptic device can store or
- *          -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the number of effects the haptic device can store or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffects(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can play at the same
- *         time.
+ * Get the number of effects a haptic device can play at
+ * the same time.
  *
- *  This is not supported on all platforms, but will always return a value.
- *  Added here for the sake of completeness.
+ * This is not supported on all platforms, but will always return a value.
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query maximum playing effects.
- *  \return The number of effects the haptic device can play at the same time
- *          or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query maximum playing effects
+ * \returns the number of effects the haptic device can play at the same time
+ *          or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the haptic device's supported features in bitwise manner.
+ * Get the haptic device's supported features in bitwise manner.
  *
- *  Example:
- *  \code
- *  if (SDL_HapticQuery(haptic) & SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT) {
- *      printf("We have constant haptic effect!\n");
- *  }
- *  \endcode
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns a list of supported haptic features in bitwise manner (OR'd), or 0
+ *          on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic The haptic device to query.
- *  \return Haptic features in bitwise manner (OR'd).
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
- *  \sa SDL_HapticEffectSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffectSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
  */
 extern DECLSPEC unsigned int SDLCALL SDL_HapticQuery(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the number of haptic axes the device has.
+ * Get the number of haptic axes the device has.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ * The number of haptic axes might be useful if working with the
+ * SDL_HapticDirection effect.
+ *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \returns the number of axes on success or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumAxes(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if effect is supported by haptic.
+ * Check to see if an effect is supported by a haptic
+ * device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to check on.
- *  \param effect Effect to check to see if it is supported.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query
+ * \param effect the desired effect to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticEffectSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                       SDL_HapticEffect *
                                                       effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Creates a new haptic effect on the device.
+ * Create a new haptic effect on a specified device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to create the effect on.
- *  \param effect Properties of the effect to create.
- *  \return The identifier of the effect on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic an SDL_Haptic device to create the effect on
+ * \param effect an SDL_HapticEffect structure containing the properties of
+ *               the effect to create
+ * \returns the ID of the effect on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticUpdateEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUpdateEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNewEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                 SDL_HapticEffect * effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Updates the properties of an effect.
+ * Update the properties of an effect.
  *
- *  Can be used dynamically, although behavior when dynamically changing
- *  direction may be strange.  Specifically the effect may reupload itself
- *  and start playing from the start.  You cannot change the type either when
- *  running SDL_HapticUpdateEffect().
+ * Can be used dynamically, although behavior when dynamically changing
+ * direction may be strange. Specifically the effect may re-upload itself and
+ * start playing from the start. You also cannot change the type either when
+ * running SDL_HapticUpdateEffect().
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device that has the effect.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to update.
- *  \param data New effect properties to use.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device that has the effect
+ * \param effect the identifier of the effect to update
+ * \param data an SDL_HapticEffect structure containing the new effect
+ *             properties to use
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                    int effect,
                                                    SDL_HapticEffect * data);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Runs the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ * Run the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
  *
- *  If iterations are ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY, it'll run the effect over and over
- *  repeating the envelope (attack and fade) every time.  If you only want the
- *  effect to last forever, set ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY in the effect's length
- *  parameter.
+ * To repeat the effect over and over indefinitely, set `iterations` to
+ * `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY`. (Repeats the envelope - attack and fade.) To make
+ * one instance of the effect last indefinitely (so the effect does not fade),
+ * set the effect's `length` in its structure/union to `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY`
+ * instead.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to run the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the haptic effect to run.
- *  \param iterations Number of iterations to run the effect. Use
- *         ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY for infinity.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to run the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to run
+ * \param iterations the number of iterations to run the effect; use
+ *                   `SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY` to repeat forever
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRunEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                 int effect,
                                                 Uint32 iterations);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ * Stop the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ * *
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to stop the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to stop
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to stop the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to stop.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                  int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Destroys a haptic effect on the device.
+ * Destroy a haptic effect on the device.
  *
- *  This will stop the effect if it's running.  Effects are automatically
- *  destroyed when the device is closed.
+ * This will stop the effect if it's running. Effects are automatically
+ * destroyed when the device is closed.
  *
- *  \param haptic Device to destroy the effect on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to destroy.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to destroy the effect on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to destroy
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                      int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the status of the current effect on the haptic device.
+ * Get the status of the current effect on the specified
+ * haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS feature.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS feature.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to query the effect status on.
- *  \param effect Identifier of the effect to query its status.
- *  \return 0 if it isn't playing, 1 if it is playing or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to query for the effect status on
+ * \param effect the ID of the haptic effect to query its status
+ * \returns 0 if it isn't playing, 1 if it is playing, or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
- *  \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                       int effect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the global gain of the device.
+ * Set the global gain of the specified haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN feature.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN feature.
  *
- *  The user may specify the maximum gain by setting the environment variable
- *  SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX which should be between 0 and 100.  All calls to
- *  SDL_HapticSetGain() will scale linearly using SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX as the
- *  maximum.
+ * The user may specify the maximum gain by setting the environment variable
+ * `SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX` which should be between 0 and 100. All calls to
+ * SDL_HapticSetGain() will scale linearly using `SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX` as the
+ * maximum.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to set the gain on.
- *  \param gain Value to set the gain to, should be between 0 and 100.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to set the gain on
+ * \param gain value to set the gain to, should be between 0 and 100 (0 - 100)
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetGain(SDL_Haptic * haptic, int gain);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the global autocenter of the device.
+ * Set the global autocenter of the device.
  *
- *  Autocenter should be between 0 and 100.  Setting it to 0 will disable
- *  autocentering.
+ * Autocenter should be between 0 and 100. Setting it to 0 will disable
+ * autocentering.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER feature.
+ * Device must support the SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER feature.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to set autocentering on.
- *  \param autocenter Value to set autocenter to, 0 disables autocentering.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to set autocentering on
+ * \param autocenter value to set autocenter to (0-100)
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
                                                     int autocenter);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Pauses a haptic device.
+ * Pause a haptic device.
  *
- *  Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE feature.  Call
- *  SDL_HapticUnpause() to resume playback.
+ * Device must support the `SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE` feature. Call
+ * SDL_HapticUnpause() to resume playback.
  *
- *  Do not modify the effects nor add new ones while the device is paused.
- *  That can cause all sorts of weird errors.
+ * Do not modify the effects nor add new ones while the device is paused. That
+ * can cause all sorts of weird errors.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to pause.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to pause
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticPause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Unpauses a haptic device.
+ * Unpause a haptic device.
  *
- *  Call to unpause after SDL_HapticPause().
+ * Call to unpause after SDL_HapticPause().
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to unpause.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to unpause
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUnpause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops all the currently playing effects on a haptic device.
+ * Stop all the currently playing effects on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to stop.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the SDL_Haptic device to stop
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopAll(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Checks to see if rumble is supported on a haptic device.
+ * Check whether rumble is supported on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to check to see if it supports rumble.
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic haptic device to check for rumble support
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't, or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Initializes the haptic device for simple rumble playback.
+ * Initialize a haptic device for simple rumble playback.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to initialize for simple rumble playback.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to initialize for simple rumble playback
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticOpen
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleInit(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Runs simple rumble on a haptic device
+ * Run a simple rumble effect on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic device to play rumble effect on.
- *  \param strength Strength of the rumble to play as a 0-1 float value.
- *  \param length Length of the rumble to play in milliseconds.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to play the rumble effect on
+ * \param strength strength of the rumble to play as a 0-1 float value
+ * \param length length of the rumble to play in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumblePlay(SDL_Haptic * haptic, float strength, Uint32 length );
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stops the simple rumble on a haptic device.
+ * Stop the simple rumble on a haptic device.
  *
- *  \param haptic Haptic to stop the rumble on.
- *  \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ * \param haptic the haptic device to stop the rumble effect on
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
- *  \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleStop(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
 

include/SDL_hints.h

@@ -1671,71 +1671,113 @@ typedef enum
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set a hint with a specific priority
+ * Set a hint with a specific priority.
  *
- *  The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already
- *  has a value.  Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and
- *  lower.  Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
+ * The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already has a
+ * value. Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and lower.
+ * Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
+ * \param name the hint to set
+ * \param value the value of the hint variable
+ * \param priority the SDL_HintPriority level for the hint
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
                                                          const char *value,
                                                          SDL_HintPriority priority);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set a hint with normal priority
+ * Set a hint with normal priority.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
+ * Hints will not be set if there is an existing override hint or environment
+ * variable that takes precedence. You can use SDL_SetHintWithPriority() to
+ * set the hint with override priority instead.
+ *
+ * \param name the hint to set
+ * \param value the value of the hint variable
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHintWithPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
                                              const char *value);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a hint
+ * Get the value of a hint.
  *
- *  \return The string value of a hint variable.
+ * \param name the hint to query
+ * \returns the string value of a hint or NULL if the hint isn't set.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHintWithPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a hint
+ * Get the boolean value of a hint variable.
  *
- *  \return The boolean value of a hint variable.
+ * \param name the name of the hint to get the boolean value from
+ * \param default_value the value to return if the hint does not exist
+ * \returns the boolean value of a hint or the provided default value if the
+ *          hint does not exist.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.5.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetHint
+ * \sa SDL_SetHint
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetHintBoolean(const char *name, SDL_bool default_value);
 
 /**
- * \brief type definition of the hint callback function.
+ * Type definition of the hint callback function.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_AddHintCallback()
+ * \param name what was passed as `name` to SDL_AddHintCallback()
+ * \param oldValue the previous hint value
+ * \param newValue the new value hint is to be set to
  */
 typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Add a function to watch a particular hint
+ * Add a function to watch a particular hint.
  *
- *  \param name The hint to watch
- *  \param callback The function to call when the hint value changes
- *  \param userdata A pointer to pass to the callback function
+ * \param name the hint to watch
+ * \param callback An SDL_HintCallback function that will be called when the
+ *        hint value changes
+ * \param userdata a pointer to pass to the callback function
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DelHintCallback
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
                                                  SDL_HintCallback callback,
                                                  void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Remove a function watching a particular hint
+ * Remove a function watching a particular hint.
  *
- *  \param name The hint being watched
- *  \param callback The function being called when the hint value changes
- *  \param userdata A pointer being passed to the callback function
+ * \param name the hint being watched
+ * \param callback An SDL_HintCallback function that will be called when the
+ *        hint value changes
+ * \param userdata a pointer being passed to the callback function
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AddHintCallback
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
                                                  SDL_HintCallback callback,
                                                  void *userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief  Clear all hints
+ * Clear all hints.
  *
- *  This function is called during SDL_Quit() to free stored hints.
+ * This function is automatically called during SDL_Quit().
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
 

include/SDL_joystick.h

@@ -30,10 +30,12 @@
  * The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
  *   then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
  *
+ * The term "player_index" is the number assigned to a player on a specific
+ *   controller. For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
+ *   Many joysticks will not be able to supply this information.
+ *
  * The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
  *   the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
- *
- *
  */
 
 #ifndef SDL_joystick_h_
@@ -124,17 +126,43 @@ typedef enum
  * and game controller events will not be delivered.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockJoysticks(void);
+
+
+/**
+ * Unlocking for multi-threaded access to the joystick API
+ *
+ * If you are using the joystick API or handling events from multiple threads
+ * you should use these locking functions to protect access to the joysticks.
+ *
+ * In particular, you are guaranteed that the joystick list won't change, so
+ * the API functions that take a joystick index will be valid, and joystick
+ * and game controller events will not be delivered.
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockJoysticks(void);
 
 /**
- *  Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
+ * Count the number of joysticks attached to the system.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of attached joysticks on success or a negative error
+ *          code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickName
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
 
 /**
- *  Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system)
+ * \returns the name of the selected joystick. If no name can be found, this
+ *          function returns NULL; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickName
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
 
@@ -145,69 +173,129 @@ extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDevicePlayerIndex(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * Get the implementation-dependent GUID for the joystick
+ * at a given device index.
+ *
+ * This function can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the GUID of the selected joystick. If called on an invalid index,
+ *          this function returns a zero GUID
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the USB vendor ID of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceVendor(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB product ID of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB product ID of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the USB product ID of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProduct(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the product version of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the product version of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the product version of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns zero
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceProductVersion(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the type of a joystick, if available.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * Get the type of a joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the SDL_JoystickType of the selected joystick. If called on an
+ *          invalid index, this function returns `SDL_JOYSTICK_TYPE_UNKNOWN`
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceType(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Get the instance ID of a joystick.
- *  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
- *  If the index is out of range, this function will return -1.
+ * Get the instance ID of a joystick.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If the index is out of range, this function will return -1.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query (the N'th joystick
+ *                     on the system
+ * \returns the instance id of the selected joystick. If called on an invalid
+ *          index, this function returns zero
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  Open a joystick for use.
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th joystick on the system.
- *  This index is not the value which will identify this joystick in future
- *  joystick events.  The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be used
- *  there instead.
+ * Open a joystick for use.
  *
- *  \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ * The `device_index` argument refers to the N'th joystick presently
+ * recognized by SDL on the system. It is **NOT** the same as the instance ID
+ * used to identify the joystick in future events. See
+ * SDL_JoystickInstanceID() for more details about instance IDs.
+ *
+ * The joystick subsystem must be initialized before a joystick can be opened
+ * for use.
+ *
+ * \param device_index the index of the joystick to query
+ * \returns a joystick identifier or NULL if an error occurred; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickClose
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickInstanceID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
 
 /**
- * Return the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
+ * Get the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param joyid the instance id to get the SDL_Joystick for
+ * \returns an SDL_Joystick on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID instance_id);
 
 /**
- * Return the SDL_Joystick associated with a player index.
+ * Get the SDL_Joystick associated with a player index.
+ *
+ * \param player_index the player index to get the SDL_Joystick for
+ * \returns an SDL_Joystick on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromPlayerIndex(int player_index);
 
 /**
- * Attaches a new virtual joystick.
- * Returns the joystick's device index, or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * Attach a new virtual joystick.
+ *
+ * \returns the joystick's device index, or -1 if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickAttachVirtual(SDL_JoystickType type,
                                                       int naxes,
@@ -215,166 +303,344 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickAttachVirtual(SDL_JoystickType type,
                                                       int nhats);
 
 /**
- * Detaches a virtual joystick
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * Detach a virtual joystick.
+ *
+ * \param device_index a value previously returned from
+ *                     SDL_JoystickAttachVirtual()
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickDetachVirtual(int device_index);
 
 /**
- * Indicates whether or not a virtual-joystick is at a given device index.
+ * Query whether or not the joystick at a given device index is virtual.
+ *
+ * \param device_index a joystick device index.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick is virtual, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIsVirtual(int device_index);
 
 /**
- * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's controls.
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's axis.
+ *
  * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next
  * call to SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly,
- * or can be called indirectly through various other SDL APIS,
+ * or can be called indirectly through various other SDL APIs,
  * including, but not limited to the following: SDL_PollEvent,
  * SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout, SDL_WaitEvent.
  * 
- * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param axis the specific axis on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified axis.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int axis, Sint16 value);
+
+/**
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's button.
+ *
+ * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next
+ * call to SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly,
+ * or can be called indirectly through various other SDL APIs,
+ * including, but not limited to the following: SDL_PollEvent,
+ * SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout, SDL_WaitEvent.
+ * 
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param button the specific button on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified button.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int button, Uint8 value);
+
+/**
+ * Set values on an opened, virtual-joystick's hat.
+ *
+ * Please note that values set here will not be applied until the next
+ * call to SDL_JoystickUpdate, which can either be called directly,
+ * or can be called indirectly through various other SDL APIs,
+ * including, but not limited to the following: SDL_PollEvent,
+ * SDL_PumpEvents, SDL_WaitEventTimeout, SDL_WaitEvent.
+ * 
+ * \param joystick the virtual joystick on which to set state.
+ * \param hat the specific hat on the virtual joystick to set.
+ * \param value the new value for the specified hat.
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetVirtualHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int hat, Uint8 value);
 
 /**
- *  Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
- *  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the name of the selected joystick. If no name can be found, this
+ *          function returns NULL; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNameForIndex
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the player index of an opened joystick, or -1 if it's not available
+ * Get the player index of an opened joystick.
  *
- *  For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index.
+ * For XInput controllers this returns the XInput user index. Many joysticks
+ * will not be able to supply this information.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the player index, or -1 if it's not available.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetPlayerIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Set the player index of an opened joystick
+ * Set the player index of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \param player_index the player index to set.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetPlayerIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int player_index);
 
 /**
- *  Return the GUID for this opened joystick
+ * Get the implementation-dependent GUID for the joystick.
+ *
+ * This function requires an open joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the GUID of the given joystick. If called on an invalid index,
+ *          this function returns a zero GUID; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB vendor ID of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB vendor ID of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * If the vendor ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the USB vendor ID of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetVendor(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the USB product ID of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the USB product ID of an opened joystick, if available.
+ *
+ * If the product ID isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the USB product ID of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProduct(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the product version of an opened joystick, if available.
- *  If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ * Get the product version of an opened joystick, if available.
+ * If the product version isn't available this function returns 0.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the product version of the selected joystick, or 0 if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetProductVersion(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the serial number of an opened joystick, if available.
+ * Get the serial number of an opened joystick, if available.
  * 
- *  Returns the serial number of the joystick, or NULL if it is not available.
+ * Returns the serial number of the joystick, or NULL if it is not available.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the serial number of the selected joystick, or NULL if unavailable.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetSerial(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the type of an opened joystick.
+ * Get the type of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick obtained from SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ * \returns the SDL_JoystickType of the selected joystick.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickType SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetType(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
- *  (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
+ * Get an ASCII string representation for a given SDL_JoystickGUID.
+ *
+ * You should supply at least 33 bytes for pszGUID.
+ *
+ * \param guid the SDL_JoystickGUID you wish to convert to string
+ * \param pszGUID buffer in which to write the ASCII string
+ * \param cbGUID the size of pszGUID
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUID
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
 
 /**
- *  Convert a string into a joystick guid
+ * Convert a GUID string into a SDL_JoystickGUID structure.
+ *
+ * Performs no error checking. If this function is given a string containing
+ * an invalid GUID, the function will silently succeed, but the GUID generated
+ * will not be useful.
+ *
+ * \param pchGUID string containing an ASCII representation of a GUID
+ * \returns a SDL_JoystickGUID structure.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
 
 /**
- *  Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
+ * Get the status of a specified joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the joystick to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened, SDL_FALSE if it has not;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickClose
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
+ * Get the instance ID of an opened joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the instance ID of the specified joystick on success or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
+ * Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
+ *
+ * Often, the directional pad on a game controller will either look like 4
+ * separate buttons or a POV hat, and not axes, but all of this is up to the
+ * device and platform.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of axis controls/number of axes on success or a
+ *          negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetAxis
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
+ * Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
  *
- *  Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
- *  with them and their state cannot be polled.
+ * Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated with them
+ * and their state cannot be polled.
+ *
+ * Most joysticks do not have trackballs.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of trackballs on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetBall
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
+ * Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of POV hats on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetHat
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
+ * Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \returns the number of buttons on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickGetButton
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+ * Update the current state of the open joysticks.
  *
- *  This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
- *  events are enabled.
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick events are
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickEventState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
 
 /**
- *  Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+ * Enable/disable joystick event polling.
  *
- *  If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
- *  yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
- *  information.
+ * If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+ * yourself and manually check the state of the joystick when you want
+ * joystick information.
  *
- *  The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
+ * It is recommended that you leave joystick event handling enabled.
+ *
+ * **WARNING**: Calling this function may delete all events currently in SDL's
+ * event queue.
+ *
+ * \param state can be one of `SDL_QUERY`, `SDL_IGNORE`, or `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * \returns 1 if enabled, 0 if disabled, or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ *          If `state` is `SDL_QUERY` then the current state is returned,
+ *          otherwise the new processing state is returned.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GameControllerEventState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
 
 #define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MAX   32767
 #define SDL_JOYSTICK_AXIS_MIN   -32768
 /**
- *  Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
  *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ * SDL makes no promises about what part of the joystick any given axis
+ * refers to. Your game should have some sort of configuration UI to let
+ * users specify what each axis should be bound to. Alternately, SDL's
+ * higher-level Game Controller API makes a great effort to apply order
+ * to this lower-level interface, so you know that a specific axis is the
+ * "left thumb stick," etc.
  *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
+ * The value returned by SDL_JoystickGetAxis() is a signed integer (-32768 to
+ * 32767) representing the current position of the axis. It may be necessary
+ * to impose certain tolerances on these values to account for jitter.
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param axis the axis to query; the axis indices start at index 0
+ * \returns a 16-bit signed integer representing the current position of the
+ *          axis or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumAxes
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
                                                    int axis);
 
 /**
- *  Get the initial state of an axis control on a joystick.
+ * Get the initial state of an axis control on a joystick.
  *
- *  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
  *
- *  The axis indices start at index 0.
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if this axis has any initial value, or SDL_FALSE if not.
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param axis the axis to query; the axis indices start at index 0
+ * \param state Upon return, the initial value is supplied here.
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if this axis has any initial value, or SDL_FALSE if not.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxisInitialState(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
                                                    int axis, Sint16 *state);
@@ -395,96 +661,153 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxisInitialState(SDL_Joystick *j
 /* @} */
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
+ * Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
  *
- *  The hat indices start at index 0.
+ * The returned value will be one of the following positions:
  *
- *  \return The return value is one of the following positions:
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_UP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
- *           - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
+ * - `SDL_HAT_CENTERED`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_UP`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHT`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_DOWN`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFT`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFTUP`
+ *
+ * - `SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN`
+ *
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param hat the hat index to get the state from; hat indices start at index
+ *            0
+ * \returns the current hat position.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumHats
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
                                                  int hat);
 
 /**
- *  Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
+ * Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
+ * Trackballs can only return relative motion since the last call to
+ * SDL_JoystickGetBall(), these motion deltas are placed into `dx` and
+ * `dy`.
  *
- *  The ball indices start at index 0.
+ * Most joysticks do not have trackballs.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to query
+ * \param ball the ball index to query; ball indices start at index 0
+ * \param dx stores the difference in the x axis position since the last poll
+ * \param dy stores the difference in the y axis position since the last poll
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumBalls
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
                                                 int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
+ * Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
  *
- *  The button indices start at index 0.
+ * \param joystick an SDL_Joystick structure containing joystick information
+ * \param button the button index to get the state from; indices start at
+ *               index 0
+ * \returns 1 if the specified button is pressed, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickNumButtons
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick,
                                                     int button);
 
 /**
- *  Start a rumble effect
- *  Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ * Start a rumble effect.
  *
- *  \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
- *  \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right) rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous rumble effect, and calling
+ * it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this joystick
+ * \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
+ * \param low_frequency_rumble The intensity of the low frequency (left)
+ *                             rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param high_frequency_rumble The intensity of the high frequency (right)
+ *                              rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ *
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if rumble isn't supported on this joystick
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickRumble(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint16 low_frequency_rumble, Uint16 high_frequency_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
 
 /**
- *  Start a rumble effect in the joystick's triggers
- *  Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect, and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
+ * Start a rumble effect in the joystick's triggers
  *
- *  \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
- *  \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0 to 0xFFFF
- *  \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ * Each call to this function cancels any previous trigger rumble effect,
+ * and calling it with 0 intensity stops any rumbling.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if trigger rumble isn't supported on this joystick
+ * Note that this function is for _trigger_ rumble; the first joystick to
+ * support this was the PlayStation 5's DualShock 5 controller. If you want
+ * the (more common) whole-controller rumble, use SDL_JoystickRumble() instead.
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick to vibrate
+ * \param left_rumble The intensity of the left trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                    to 0xFFFF
+ * \param right_rumble The intensity of the right trigger rumble motor, from 0
+ *                     to 0xFFFF
+ * \param duration_ms The duration of the rumble effect, in milliseconds
+ *
+ * \returns 0, or -1 if trigger rumble isn't supported on this joystick
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickRumbleTriggers(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint16 left_rumble, Uint16 right_rumble, Uint32 duration_ms);
 
 /**
- *  Return whether a joystick has an LED
+ * Query whether a joystick has an LED.
  *
- *  \param joystick The joystick to query
+ * An example of a joystick LED is the light on the back of a PlayStation 4's
+ * DualShock 4 controller.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if this joystick does not have a modifiable LED
+ * \param joystick The joystick to query
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the joystick has a modifiable LED, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickHasLED(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Update a joystick's LED color.
+ * Update a joystick's LED color.
  *
- *  \param joystick The joystick to update
- *  \param red The intensity of the red LED
- *  \param green The intensity of the green LED
- *  \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
+ * An example of a joystick LED is the light on the back of a PlayStation 4's
+ * DualShock 4 controller.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if this joystick does not have a modifiable LED
+ * \param joystick The joystick to update
+ * \param red The intensity of the red LED
+ * \param green The intensity of the green LED
+ * \param blue The intensity of the blue LED
+ *
+ * \returns 0 on success, -1 if this joystick does not have a modifiable LED
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickSetLED(SDL_Joystick *joystick, Uint8 red, Uint8 green, Uint8 blue);
 
 /**
- *  Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ * Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ *
+ * \param joystick The joystick device to close
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_JoystickOpen
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 
 /**
- *  Return the battery level of this joystick
+ * Get the battery level of a joystick as SDL_JoystickPowerLevel.
+ *
+ * \param joystick the SDL_Joystick to query
+ * \returns the current battery level as SDL_JoystickPowerLevel on success or
+ *          `SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN` if it is unknown
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickPowerLevel SDLCALL SDL_JoystickCurrentPowerLevel(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
 

include/SDL_keyboard.h

@@ -55,154 +55,231 @@ typedef struct SDL_Keysym
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the window which currently has keyboard focus.
+ * Query the window which currently has keyboard focus.
+ *
+ * \returns the window with keyboard focus.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+ * Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
  *
- *  \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array.
+ * The pointer returned is a pointer to an internal SDL array. It will be
+ * valid for the whole lifetime of the application and should not be freed
+ * by the caller.
  *
- *  \return An array of key states. Indexes into this array are obtained by using ::SDL_Scancode values.
+ * A array element with a value of 1 means that the key is pressed and a value
+ * of 0 means that it is not. Indexes into this array are obtained by using
+ * SDL_Scancode values.
  *
- *  \b Example:
- *  \code
- *  const Uint8 *state = SDL_GetKeyboardState(NULL);
- *  if ( state[SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN] )   {
- *      printf("<RETURN> is pressed.\n");
- *  }
- *  \endcode
+ * Use SDL_PumpEvents() to update the state array.
+ *
+ * This function gives you the current state after all events have been
+ * processed, so if a key or button has been pressed and released before you
+ * process events, then the pressed state will never show up in the
+ * SDL_GetKeyboardState() calls.
+ *
+ * Note: This function doesn't take into account whether shift has been
+ * pressed or not.
+ *
+ * \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array
+ * \returns a pointer to an array of key states.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ * Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ *
+ * \returns an OR'd combination of the modifier keys for the keyboard. See
+ *          SDL_Keymod for details.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyboardState
+ * \sa SDL_SetModState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ * Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
  *
- *  \note This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
+ * The inverse of SDL_GetModState(), SDL_SetModState() allows you to impose
+ * modifier key states on your application. Simply pass your desired modifier
+ * states into `modstate`. This value may be a bitwise, OR'd combination of
+ * SDL_Keymod values.
+ *
+ * This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags that
+ * SDL reports.
+ *
+ * \param modstate the desired SDL_Keymod for the keyboard
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetModState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according
- *         to the current keyboard layout.
+ * Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode
+ * according to the current keyboard layout.
  *
- *  See ::SDL_Keycode for details.
+ * See SDL_Keycode for details.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetKeyName()
+ * \param scancode the desired SDL_Scancode to query
+ * \returns the SDL_Keycode that corresponds to the given SDL_Scancode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
- *         current keyboard layout.
+ * Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code
+ * according to the current keyboard layout.
  *
- *  See ::SDL_Scancode for details.
+ * See SDL_Scancode for details.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetScancodeName()
+ * \param key the desired SDL_Keycode to query
+ * \returns the SDL_Scancode that corresponds to the given SDL_Keycode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
+ * Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
  *
- *  \return A pointer to the name for the scancode.
- *          If the scancode doesn't have a name, this function returns
- *          an empty string ("").
+ * See SDL_Scancode for details.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_Scancode
+ * **Warning**: The returned name is by design not stable across platforms,
+ * e.g. the name for `SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI` is "Left GUI" under Linux but "Left
+ * Windows" under Microsoft Windows, and some scancodes like
+ * `SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH` don't have any name at all. There are even
+ * scancodes that share names, e.g. `SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN` and
+ * `SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2` (both called "Return"). This function is therefore
+ * unsuitable for creating a stable cross-platform two-way mapping between
+ * strings and scancodes.
+ *
+ * \param scancode the desired SDL_Scancode to query
+ * \returns a pointer to the name for the scancode. If the scancode doesn't
+ *          have a name this function returns an empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a scancode from a human-readable name
+ * Get a scancode from a human-readable name.
  *
- *  \return scancode, or SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
+ * \param name the human-readable scancode name
+ * \returns the SDL_Scancode, or `SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN` if the name wasn't
+ *          recognized; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_Scancode
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a human-readable name for a key.
+ * Get a human-readable name for a key.
  *
- *  \return A pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the next
- *          call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you must
- *          copy it.  If the key doesn't have a name, this function returns an
- *          empty string ("").
+ * See SDL_Scancode and SDL_Keycode for details.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_Keycode
+ * \param key the desired SDL_Keycode to query
+ * \returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the
+ *          next call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you
+ *          must copy it. If the key doesn't have a name, this function
+ *          returns an empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromName
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromKey
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get a key code from a human-readable name
+ * Get a key code from a human-readable name.
  *
- *  \return key code, or SDLK_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
+ * \param name the human-readable key name
+ * \returns key code, or `SDLK_UNKNOWN` if the name wasn't recognized; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_Keycode
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyFromScancode
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyName
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeFromName
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Start accepting Unicode text input events.
- *         This function will show the on-screen keyboard if supported.
+ * Start accepting Unicode text input events.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect()
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ * This function will start accepting Unicode text input events in the focused
+ * SDL window, and start emitting SDL_TextInputEvent (SDL_TEXTINPUT) and
+ * SDL_TextEditingEvent (SDL_TEXTEDITING) events. Please use this function
+ * in pair with SDL_StopTextInput().
+ *
+ * On some platforms using this function activates the screen keyboard.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect
+ * \sa SDL_StopTextInput
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Return whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
+ * Check whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if text input events are enabled else SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Stop receiving any text input events.
- *         This function will hide the on-screen keyboard if supported.
+ * Stop receiving any text input events.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
- *         This is used as a hint for IME and on-screen keyboard placement.
+ * Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to receive
+ *             text (ignored if NULL)
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns whether the platform has some screen keyboard support.
+ * Check whether the platform has screen keyboard support.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if some keyboard support is available else SDL_FALSE.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the platform has some screen keyboard support or
+ *          SDL_FALSE if not.
  *
- *  \note Not all screen keyboard functions are supported on all platforms.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown()
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput
+ * \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
+ * Check whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
  *
- *  \param window The window for which screen keyboard should be queried.
+ * \param window the window for which screen keyboard should be queried
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown or SDL_FALSE if not.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown else SDL_FALSE.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ * \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
 

include/SDL_loadso.h

@@ -51,22 +51,50 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
- *  to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
- *  The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ * Dynamically load a shared object.
+ *
+ * \param sofile a system-dependent name of the object file
+ * \returns an opaque pointer to the object handle or NULL if there was an
+ *          error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadFunction
+ * \sa SDL_UnloadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
 
 /**
- *  Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
- *  named function in the shared object and returns it.  This address
- *  is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ * Look up the address of the named function in a shared object.
+ *
+ * This function pointer is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ *
+ * This function can only look up C function names. Other languages may have
+ * name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from compiler to
+ * compiler.
+ *
+ * Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
+ * convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
+ * mysteriously if you do not do this.
+ *
+ * If the requested function doesn't exist, NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * \param handle a valid shared object handle returned by SDL_LoadObject()
+ * \param name the name of the function to look up
+ * \returns a pointer to the function or NULL if there was an error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadObject
+ * \sa SDL_UnloadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle,
                                                const char *name);
 
 /**
- *  Unload a shared object from memory.
+ * Unload a shared object from memory.
+ *
+ * \param handle a valid shared object handle returned by SDL_LoadObject()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LoadFunction
+ * \sa SDL_LoadObject
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
 

include/SDL_log.h

@@ -112,90 +112,254 @@ typedef enum
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the priority of all log categories
+ * Set the priority of all log categories.
+ *
+ * \param priority the SDL_LogPriority to assign
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the priority of a particular log category
+ * Set the priority of a particular log category.
+ *
+ * \param category the category to assign a priority to
+ * \param priority the SDL_LogPriority to assign
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogGetPriority
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetAllPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
                                                 SDL_LogPriority priority);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the priority of a particular log category
+ * Get the priority of a particular log category.
+ *
+ * \param category the category to query
+ * \returns the SDL_LogPriority for the requested category
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Reset all priorities to default.
+ * Reset all priorities to default.
  *
- *  \note This is called in SDL_Quit().
+ * This is called by SDL_Quit().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetAllPriority
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetPriority
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO.
+ *
+= * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the `fmt` string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL
+ * Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(2);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ * Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ... additional parameters matching % tokens in the **fmt** string,
+ *            if any
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessageV
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
                                             SDL_LogPriority priority,
                                             SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(3);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ * Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ *
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param fmt a printf() style message format string
+ * \param ap a variable argument list
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Log
+ * \sa SDL_LogCritical
+ * \sa SDL_LogDebug
+ * \sa SDL_LogError
+ * \sa SDL_LogInfo
+ * \sa SDL_LogMessage
+ * \sa SDL_LogVerbose
+ * \sa SDL_LogWarn
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
                                              SDL_LogPriority priority,
                                              const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 
 /**
- *  \brief The prototype for the log output function
+ * The prototype for the log output callback function.
+ *
+ * This function is called by SDL when there is new text to be logged.
+ *
+ * \param userdata what was passed as `userdata` to SDL_LogSetOutputFunction()
+ * \param category the category of the message
+ * \param priority the priority of the message
+ * \param message the message being output
  */
 typedef void (SDLCALL *SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current log output function.
+ * Get the current log output function.
+ *
+ * \param callback an SDL_LogOutputFunction filled in with the current log
+ *                 callback
+ * \param userdata a pointer filled in with the pointer that is passed to
+ *                 `callback`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogSetOutputFunction
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
 
 /**
- *  \brief This function allows you to replace the default log output
- *         function with one of your own.
+ * Replace the default log output function with one of your own.
+ *
+ * \param callback an SDL_LogOutputFunction to call instead of the default
+ * \param userdata a pointer that is passed to `callback`
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LogGetOutputFunction
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
 

include/SDL_main.h

@@ -122,11 +122,14 @@ extern SDLMAIN_DECLSPEC int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
 
 
 /**
- *  This is called by the real SDL main function to let the rest of the
- *  library know that initialization was done properly.
+ * Circumvent failure of SDL_Init() when not using SDL_main() as an entry point.
  *
- *  Calling this yourself without knowing what you're doing can cause
- *  crashes and hard to diagnose problems with your application.
+ * This function is defined in SDL_main.h, along with the preprocessor rule to
+ * redefine main() as SDL_main(). Thus to ensure that your main() function
+ * will not be changed it is necessary to define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED before
+ * including SDL.h.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Init
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetMainReady(void);
 
@@ -144,12 +147,14 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
 #ifdef __WINRT__
 
 /**
- *  \brief Initializes and launches an SDL/WinRT application.
+ * Initialize and launch an SDL/WinRT application.
  *
- *  \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main().
- *  \param reserved Reserved for future use; should be NULL
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on failure.  On failure, use SDL_GetError to retrieve more
- *      information on the failure.
+ * \param mainFunction the SDL app's C-style main(), an SDL_main_func
+ * \param reserved reserved for future use; should be NULL
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 on failure; call SDL_GetError() to retrieve
+ *          more information on the failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.3.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WinRTRunApp(SDL_main_func mainFunction, void * reserved);
 
@@ -158,12 +163,12 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WinRTRunApp(SDL_main_func mainFunction, void * r
 #if defined(__IPHONEOS__)
 
 /**
- *  \brief Initializes and launches an SDL application.
+ * Initializes and launches an SDL application.
  *
- *  \param argc The argc parameter from the application's main() function
- *  \param argv The argv parameter from the application's main() function
- *  \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main().
- *  \return the return value from mainFunction
+ * \param argc The argc parameter from the application's main() function
+ * \param argv The argv parameter from the application's main() function
+ * \param mainFunction The SDL app's C-style main(), an SDL_main_func
+ * \return the return value from mainFunction
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UIKitRunApp(int argc, char *argv[], SDL_main_func mainFunction);
 

include/SDL_messagebox.h

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
+ * SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
 
 /**
- * \brief Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
+ * Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
 
 /**
- *  \brief Individual button data.
+ * Individual button data.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ typedef struct
 } SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
 
 /**
- * \brief RGB value used in a message box color scheme
+ * RGB value used in a message box color scheme
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
 
 /**
- * \brief A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
+ * A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ typedef struct
 } SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
 
 /**
- *  \brief MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
+ * MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -105,32 +105,79 @@ typedef struct
 } SDL_MessageBoxData;
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a modal message box.
+ * Create a modal message box.
  *
- *  \param messageboxdata The SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text, etc.
- *  \param buttonid The pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied.
+ * If your needs aren't complex, it might be easier to use
+ * SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox.
  *
- *  \return -1 on error, otherwise 0 and buttonid contains user id of button
- *          hit or -1 if dialog was closed.
+ * This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
+ * window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
+ * block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or closes the
+ * messagebox.
  *
- *  \note This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
- *        window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent.  It will
- *        block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or
- *        closes the messagebox.
+ * This function may be called at any time, even before SDL_Init(). This makes
+ * it useful for reporting errors like a failure to create a renderer or
+ * OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * On X11, SDL rolls its own dialog box with X11 primitives instead of a
+ * formal toolkit like GTK+ or Qt.
+ *
+ * Note that if SDL_Init() would fail because there isn't any available video
+ * target, this function is likely to fail for the same reasons. If this is a
+ * concern, check the return value from this function and fall back to writing
+ * to stderr if you can.
+ *
+ * \param messageboxdata the SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text and
+ *                       other options
+ * \param buttonid the pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a simple modal message box
+ * Display a simple modal message box.
  *
- *  \param flags    ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags
- *  \param title    UTF-8 title text
- *  \param message  UTF-8 message text
- *  \param window   The parent window, or NULL for no parent
+ * If your needs aren't complex, this function is preferred over
+ * SDL_ShowMessageBox.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ * `flags` may be any of the following:
  *
- *  \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR`: error dialog
+ *
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING`: warning dialog
+ *
+ * - `SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION`: informational dialog
+ *
+ * This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
+ * window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
+ * block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or closes the
+ * messagebox.
+ *
+ * This function may be called at any time, even before SDL_Init(). This makes
+ * it useful for reporting errors like a failure to create a renderer or
+ * OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * On X11, SDL rolls its own dialog box with X11 primitives instead of a
+ * formal toolkit like GTK+ or Qt.
+ *
+ * Note that if SDL_Init() would fail because there isn't any available video
+ * target, this function is likely to fail for the same reasons. If this is a
+ * concern, check the return value from this function and fall back to writing
+ * to stderr if you can.
+ *
+ * \param flags an SDL_MessageBoxFlags value
+ * \param title UTF-8 title text
+ * \param message UTF-8 message text
+ * \param window the parent window, or NULL for no parent
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
 

include/SDL_misc.h

@@ -38,29 +38,33 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Open an URL / URI in the browser or other
+ * Open a URL/URI in the browser or other appropriate external application.
  *
  * Open a URL in a separate, system-provided application. How this works will
- *  vary wildly depending on the platform. This will likely launch what
- *  makes sense to handle a specific URL's protocol (a web browser for http://,
- *  etc), but it might also be able to launch file managers for directories
- *  and other things.
+ * vary wildly depending on the platform. This will likely launch what makes
+ * sense to handle a specific URL's protocol (a web browser for `http://`,
+ * etc), but it might also be able to launch file managers for directories and
+ * other things.
  *
  * What happens when you open a URL varies wildly as well: your game window
- *  may lose focus (and may or may not lose focus if your game was fullscreen
- *  or grabbing input at the time). On mobile devices, your app will likely
- *  move to the background or your process might be paused. Any given platform
- *  may or may not handle a given URL.
+ * may lose focus (and may or may not lose focus if your game was fullscreen
+ * or grabbing input at the time). On mobile devices, your app will likely
+ * move to the background or your process might be paused. Any given platform
+ * may or may not handle a given URL.
  *
  * If this is unimplemented (or simply unavailable) for a platform, this will
- *  fail with an error. A successful result does not mean the URL loaded, just
- *  that we launched something to handle it (or at least believe we did).
+ * fail with an error. A successful result does not mean the URL loaded, just
+ * that we launched _something_ to handle it (or at least believe we did).
  *
  * All this to say: this function can be useful, but you should definitely
- *  test it on every platform you target.
+ * test it on every platform you target.
  *
- *   \param url A valid URL to open.
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ * \param url A valid URL/URI to open. Use `file:///full/path/to/file` for
+ *            local files, if supported.
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.14 and newer
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenURL(const char *url);
 

include/SDL_mouse.h

@@ -72,150 +72,220 @@ typedef enum
 /* Function prototypes */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
+ * Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
+ *
+ * \returns the window with mouse focus.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+ * Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
  *
- *  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- *  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- *  mouse cursor position relative to the focus window for the currently
- *  selected mouse.  You can pass NULL for either x or y.
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can be
+ * tested using the `SDL_BUTTON(X)` macros (where `X` is generally 1 for the
+ * left, 2 for middle, 3 for the right button), and `x` and `y` are set to the
+ * mouse cursor position relative to the focus window. You can pass NULL for
+ * either `x` or `y`.
+ *
+ * \param x the x coordinate of the mouse cursor position relative to the
+ *          focus window
+ * \param y the y coordinate of the mouse cursor position relative to the
+ *          focus window
+ * \returns a 32-bit button bitmask of the current button state.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetGlobalMouseState
+ * \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseState
+ * \sa SDL_PumpEvents
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current state of the mouse, in relation to the desktop
+ * Get the current state of the mouse in relation to the desktop.
  *
- *  This works just like SDL_GetMouseState(), but the coordinates will be
- *  reported relative to the top-left of the desktop. This can be useful if
- *  you need to track the mouse outside of a specific window and
- *  SDL_CaptureMouse() doesn't fit your needs. For example, it could be
- *  useful if you need to track the mouse while dragging a window, where
- *  coordinates relative to a window might not be in sync at all times.
+ * This works similarly to SDL_GetMouseState(), but the coordinates will be
+ * reported relative to the top-left of the desktop. This can be useful if you
+ * need to track the mouse outside of a specific window and SDL_CaptureMouse()
+ * doesn't fit your needs. For example, it could be useful if you need to
+ * track the mouse while dragging a window, where coordinates relative to a
+ * window might not be in sync at all times.
  *
- *  \note SDL_GetMouseState() returns the mouse position as SDL understands
- *        it from the last pump of the event queue. This function, however,
- *        queries the OS for the current mouse position, and as such, might
- *        be a slightly less efficient function. Unless you know what you're
- *        doing and have a good reason to use this function, you probably want
- *        SDL_GetMouseState() instead.
+ * Note: SDL_GetMouseState() returns the mouse position as SDL understands it
+ * from the last pump of the event queue. This function, however, queries
+ * the OS for the current mouse position, and as such, might be a slightly
+ * less efficient function. Unless you know what you're doing and have a good
+ * reason to use this function, you probably want SDL_GetMouseState() instead.
  *
- *  \param x Returns the current X coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
- *  \param y Returns the current Y coord, relative to the desktop. Can be NULL.
- *  \return The current button state as a bitmask, which can be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros.
+ * \param x filled in with the current X coord relative to the desktop; can be
+ *          NULL
+ * \param y filled in with the current Y coord relative to the desktop; can be
+ *          NULL
+ * \returns the current button state as a bitmask which can be tested using
+ *          the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetMouseState
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CaptureMouse
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(int *x, int *y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
+ * Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
  *
- *  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
- *  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
- *  mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can be
+ * tested using the `SDL_BUTTON(X)` macros (where `X` is generally 1 for the
+ * left, 2 for middle, 3 for the right button), and `x` and `y` are set to the
+ * mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState() or since
+ * event initialization. You can pass NULL for either `x` or `y`.
+ *
+ * \param x a pointer filled with the last recorded x coordinate of the mouse
+ * \param y a pointer filled with the last recorded y coordinate of the mouse
+ * \returns a 32-bit button bitmask of the relative button state.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetMouseState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Moves the mouse to the given position within the window.
+ * Move the mouse cursor to the given position within the window.
  *
- *  \param window The window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current mouse focus
- *  \param x The x coordinate within the window
- *  \param y The y coordinate within the window
+ * This function generates a mouse motion event.
  *
- *  \note This function generates a mouse motion event
+ * \param window the window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current
+ *               mouse focus
+ * \param x the x coordinate within the window
+ * \param y the y coordinate within the window
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WarpMouseGlobal
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
                                                    int x, int y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Moves the mouse to the given position in global screen space.
+ * Move the mouse to the given position in global screen space.
  *
- *  \param x The x coordinate
- *  \param y The y coordinate
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error (usually: unsupported by a platform).
+ * This function generates a mouse motion event.
  *
- *  \note This function generates a mouse motion event
+ * A failure of this function usually means that it is unsupported by a
+ * platform.
+ *
+ * \param x the x coordinate
+ * \param y the y coordinate
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WarpMouseInWindow
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseGlobal(int x, int y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set relative mouse mode.
+ * Set relative mouse mode.
  *
- *  \param enabled Whether or not to enable relative mode
+ * While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the driver
+ * will try to report continuous motion in the current window. Only relative
+ * motion events will be delivered, the mouse position will not change.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if relative mode is not supported.
+ * This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
  *
- *  While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the
- *  driver will try to report continuous motion in the current window.
- *  Only relative motion events will be delivered, the mouse position
- *  will not change.
+ * \param enabled SDL_TRUE to enable relative mode, SDL_FALSE to disable.
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \note This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
+ *          If relative mode is not supported, this returns -1.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Capture the mouse, to track input outside an SDL window.
+ * Capture the mouse and to track input outside an SDL window.
  *
- *  \param enabled Whether or not to enable capturing
+ * Capturing enables your app to obtain mouse events globally, instead of just
+ * within your window. Not all video targets support this function. When
+ * capturing is enabled, the current window will get all mouse events, but
+ * unlike relative mode, no change is made to the cursor and it is not
+ * restrained to your window.
  *
- *  Capturing enables your app to obtain mouse events globally, instead of
- *  just within your window. Not all video targets support this function.
- *  When capturing is enabled, the current window will get all mouse events,
- *  but unlike relative mode, no change is made to the cursor and it is
- *  not restrained to your window.
+ * This function may also deny mouse input to other windows--both those in
+ * your application and others on the system--so you should use this function
+ * sparingly, and in small bursts. For example, you might want to track the
+ * mouse while the user is dragging something, until the user releases a mouse
+ * button. It is not recommended that you capture the mouse for long periods
+ * of time, such as the entire time your app is running. For that, you should
+ * probably use SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode() or SDL_SetWindowGrab(), depending
+ * on your goals.
  *
- *  This function may also deny mouse input to other windows--both those in
- *  your application and others on the system--so you should use this
- *  function sparingly, and in small bursts. For example, you might want to
- *  track the mouse while the user is dragging something, until the user
- *  releases a mouse button. It is not recommended that you capture the mouse
- *  for long periods of time, such as the entire time your app is running.
+ * While captured, mouse events still report coordinates relative to the
+ * current (foreground) window, but those coordinates may be outside the
+ * bounds of the window (including negative values). Capturing is only allowed
+ * for the foreground window. If the window loses focus while capturing, the
+ * capture will be disabled automatically.
  *
- *  While captured, mouse events still report coordinates relative to the
- *  current (foreground) window, but those coordinates may be outside the
- *  bounds of the window (including negative values). Capturing is only
- *  allowed for the foreground window. If the window loses focus while
- *  capturing, the capture will be disabled automatically.
+ * While capturing is enabled, the current window will have the
+ * `SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE` flag set.
  *
- *  While capturing is enabled, the current window will have the
- *  SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_CAPTURE flag set.
+ * \param enabled SDL_TRUE to enable capturing, SDL_FALSE to disable.
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 if not supported; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if not supported.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.4.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetGlobalMouseState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CaptureMouse(SDL_bool enabled);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
+ * Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode()
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if relative mode is enabled or SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a cursor, using the specified bitmap data and
- *         mask (in MSB format).
+ * Create a cursor using the specified bitmap data and
+ * mask (in MSB format).
  *
- *  The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+ * `mask` has to be in MSB (Most Significant Bit) format.
  *
- *  The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
- *  <table>
- *  <tr><td> data </td><td> mask </td><td> resulting pixel on screen </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  0   </td><td>  1   </td><td> White </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  1   </td><td>  1   </td><td> Black </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  0   </td><td>  0   </td><td> Transparent </td></tr>
- *  <tr><td>  1   </td><td>  0   </td><td> Inverted color if possible, black
- *                                         if not. </td></tr>
- *  </table>
+ * The cursor width (`w`) must be a multiple of 8 bits.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ * The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+ *
+ * - data=0, mask=1: white
+ *
+ * - data=1, mask=1: black
+ *
+ * - data=0, mask=1: transparent
+ *
+ * - data=1, mask=0: inverted color if possible, black if not.
+ *
+ * Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor().
+ *
+ * If you want to have a color cursor, or create your cursor from an
+ * SDL_Surface, you should use SDL_CreateColorCursor(). Alternately, you can
+ * hide the cursor and draw your own as part of your game's rendering, but it
+ * will be bound to the framerate.
+ *
+ * Also, since SDL 2.0.0, SDL_CreateSystemCursor() is available, which
+ * provides twelve readily available system cursors to pick from.
+ *
+ * \param data the color value for each pixel of the cursor
+ * \param mask the mask value for each pixel of the cursor
+ * \param w the width of the cursor
+ * \param h the height of the cursor
+ * \param hot_x the X-axis location of the upper left corner of the cursor
+ *              relative to the actual mouse position
+ * \param hot_y the Y-axis location of the upper left corner of the cursor
+ *              relative to the actual mouse position
+ * \returns a new cursor with the specified parameters on success or NULL on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
+ * \sa SDL_ShowCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
                                                      const Uint8 * mask,
@@ -223,60 +293,115 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
                                                      int hot_y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a color cursor.
+ * Create a color cursor.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ * \param surface an SDL_Surface structure representing the cursor image
+ * \param hot_x the x position of the cursor hot spot
+ * \param hot_y the y position of the cursor hot spot
+ * \returns the new cursor on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
                                                           int hot_x,
                                                           int hot_y);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a system cursor.
+ * Create a system cursor.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ * \param id an SDL_SystemCursor enum value
+ * \returns a cursor on success or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the active cursor.
+ * Set the active cursor.
+ *
+ * This function sets the currently active cursor to the specified one. If the
+ * cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately represented on
+ * the display. SDL_SetCursor(NULL) can be used to force cursor redraw, if
+ * this is desired for any reason.
+ *
+ * \param cursor a  cursor to make active
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_GetCursor
+ * \sa SDL_ShowCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Return the active cursor.
+ * Get the active cursor.
+ *
+ * This function returns a pointer to the current cursor which is owned by the
+ * library. It is not necessary to free the cursor with SDL_FreeCursor().
+ *
+ * \returns the active cursor or NULL if there is no mouse.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Return the default cursor.
+ * Get the default cursor.
+ *
+ * \returns the default cursor on success or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor() or similar functions.
+ * Free a previously-created cursor.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_CreateCursor()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateColorCursor()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor()
+ * Use this function to free cursor resources created with SDL_CreateCursor(),
+ * SDL_CreateColorCursor() or SDL_CreateSystemCursor().
+ *
+ * \param cursor the cursor to free
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateColorCursor
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSystemCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
+ * Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
  *
- *  \param toggle 1 to show the cursor, 0 to hide it, -1 to query the current
- *                state.
+ * The cursor starts off displayed but can be turned off. Passing `SDL_ENABLE`
+ * displays the cursor and passing `SDL_DISABLE` hides it.
  *
- *  \return 1 if the cursor is shown, or 0 if the cursor is hidden.
+ * The current state of the mouse cursor can be queried by passing `SDL_QUERY`;
+ * either `SDL_DISABLE` or `SDL_ENABLE` will be returned.
+ *
+ * \param toggle `SDL_ENABLE` to show the cursor, `SDL_DISABLE` to hide it,
+ *               `SDL_QUERY` to query the current state without changing it.
+ * \returns `SDL_ENABLE` if the cursor is shown, or `SDL_DISABLE` if the
+ *          cursor is hidden, or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor
+ * \sa SDL_SetCursor
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
 
 /**
- *  Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
- *   - Button 1:  Left mouse button
- *   - Button 2:  Middle mouse button
- *   - Button 3:  Right mouse button
+ * Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
+ *
+ * - Button 1:  Left mouse button
+ * - Button 2:  Middle mouse button
+ * - Button 3:  Right mouse button
  */
 #define SDL_BUTTON(X)       (1 << ((X)-1))
 #define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT     1
@@ -290,7 +415,6 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
 #define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
 #define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK   SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
 
-
 /* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }

include/SDL_mutex.h

@@ -59,38 +59,95 @@ struct SDL_mutex;
 typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
 
 /**
- *  Create a mutex, initialized unlocked.
+ * Create a new mutex.
+ *
+ * All newly-created mutexes begin in the _unlocked_ state.
+ *
+ * Calls to SDL_LockMutex() will not return while the mutex is locked by
+ * another thread. See SDL_TryLockMutex() to attempt to lock without blocking.
+ *
+ * SDL mutexes are reentrant.
+ *
+ * \returns the initialized and unlocked mutex or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_TryLockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
 
 /**
- *  Lock the mutex.
+ * Lock the mutex.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ * This will block until the mutex is available, which is to say it is in the
+ * unlocked state and the OS has chosen the caller as the next thread to lock
+ * it. Of all threads waiting to lock the mutex, only one may do so at a time.
+ *
+ * It is legal for the owning thread to lock an already-locked mutex. It must
+ * unlock it the same number of times before it is actually made available
+ * for other threads in the system (this is known as a "recursive mutex").
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to lock
+ * \return 0, or -1 on error.
  */
-#define SDL_mutexP(m)   SDL_LockMutex(m)
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+#define SDL_mutexP(m)   SDL_LockMutex(m)
 
 /**
- *  Try to lock the mutex
+ * Try to lock a mutex without blocking.
  *
- *  \return 0, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT, or -1 on error
+ * This works just like SDL_LockMutex(), but if the mutex is not available,
+ * this function returns `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEOUT` immediately.
+ *
+ * This technique is useful if you need exclusive access to a resource but
+ * don't want to wait for it, and will return to it to try again later.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to try to lock
+ * \returns return 0, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT`, or -1 on error; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateMutex
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
 
 /**
- *  Unlock the mutex.
+ * Unlock the mutex.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ * It is legal for the owning thread to lock an already-locked mutex. It must
+ * unlock it the same number of times before it is actually made available
+ * for other threads in the system (this is known as a "recursive mutex").
  *
- *  \warning It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
- *           the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
+ * It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by the current
+ * thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * It is also an error to unlock a mutex that isn't locked at all.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to unlock.
+ * \returns 0, or -1 on error.
  */
-#define SDL_mutexV(m)   SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+#define SDL_mutexV(m)   SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
 
 /**
- *  Destroy a mutex.
+ * Destroy a mutex created with SDL_CreateMutex().
+ *
+ * This function must be called on any mutex that is no longer needed. Failure
+ * to destroy a mutex will result in a system memory or resource leak. While
+ * it is safe to destroy a mutex that is _unlocked_, it is not safe to attempt
+ * to destroy a locked mutex, and may result in undefined behavior depending
+ * on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param mutex the mutex to destroy
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateMutex
+ * \sa SDL_LockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_TryLockMutex
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockMutex
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
 
@@ -107,50 +164,138 @@ struct SDL_semaphore;
 typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
 
 /**
- *  Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure.
+ * Create a semaphore.
+ *
+ * This function creates a new semaphore and initializes it with the value
+ * `initial_value`. Each wait operation on the semaphore will atomically
+ * decrement the semaphore value and potentially block if the semaphore value
+ * is 0. Each post operation will atomically increment the semaphore value and
+ * wake waiting threads and allow them to retry the wait operation.
+ *
+ * \param initial_value the starting value of the semaphore
+ * \returns a new semaphore or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
 
 /**
- *  Destroy a semaphore.
+ * Destroy a semaphore.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to destroy a semaphore if there are threads currently
+ * waiting on it.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to destroy
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
 
 /**
- *  This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
- *  to by \c sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the
- *  semaphore count.
+ * Wait until a semaphore has a positive value and then decrements it.
+ *
+ * This function suspends the calling thread until either the semaphore
+ * pointed to by `sem` has a positive value or the call is interrupted by a
+ * signal or error. If the call is successful it will atomically decrement the
+ * semaphore value.
+ *
+ * This function is the equivalent of calling SDL_SemWaitTimeout() with a time
+ * length of `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore wait on
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
 
 /**
- *  Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait().
+ * See if a semaphore has a positive value and decrement it if it does.
  *
- *  \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would
- *          block, and -1 on error.
+ * This function checks to see if the semaphore pointed to by `sem` has a
+ * positive value and atomically decrements the semaphore value if it does. If
+ * the semaphore doesn't have a positive value, the function immediately
+ * returns SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to wait on
+ * \returns 0 if the wait succeeds, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if the wait would
+ *          block, or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
 
 /**
- *  Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds.
+ * Wait until a semaphore has a positive value and then
+ * decrements it.
  *
- *  \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not
- *          succeed in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+ * This function suspends the calling thread until either the semaphore
+ * pointed to by `sem` has a positive value, the call is interrupted by a
+ * signal or error, or the specified time has elapsed. If the call is
+ * successful it will atomically decrement the semaphore value.
  *
- *  \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
- *           delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+ * \param sem the semaphore to wait on
+ * \param ms the length of the timeout, in milliseconds
+ * \returns 0 if the wait succeeds, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if the wait does not
+ *          succeed in the allotted time, or a negative error code on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemPost
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
 
 /**
- *  Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking).
+ * Atomically increment a semaphore's value and wake waiting threads.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ * \param sem the semaphore to increment
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_DestroySemaphore
+ * \sa SDL_SemTryWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemValue
+ * \sa SDL_SemWait
+ * \sa SDL_SemWaitTimeout
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
 
 /**
- *  Returns the current count of the semaphore.
+ * Get the current value of a semaphore.
+ *
+ * \param sem the semaphore to query
+ * \returns the current value of the semaphore.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSemaphore
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
 
@@ -167,72 +312,112 @@ struct SDL_cond;
 typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
 
 /**
- *  Create a condition variable.
+ * Create a condition variable.
  *
- *  Typical use of condition variables:
+ * \returns a new condition variable or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
  *
- *  Thread A:
- *    SDL_LockMutex(lock);
- *    while ( ! condition ) {
- *        SDL_CondWait(cond, lock);
- *    }
- *    SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
- *
- *  Thread B:
- *    SDL_LockMutex(lock);
- *    ...
- *    condition = true;
- *    ...
- *    SDL_CondSignal(cond);
- *    SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
- *
- *  There is some discussion whether to signal the condition variable
- *  with the mutex locked or not.  There is some potential performance
- *  benefit to unlocking first on some platforms, but there are some
- *  potential race conditions depending on how your code is structured.
- *
- *  In general it's safer to signal the condition variable while the
- *  mutex is locked.
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
 
 /**
- *  Destroy a condition variable.
+ * Destroy a condition variable.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to destroy
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
 
 /**
- *  Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ * Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
  *
- *  \return 0 or -1 on error.
+ * \param cond the condition variable to signal
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
 
 /**
- *  Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ * Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
  *
- *  \return 0 or -1 on error.
+ * \param cond the condition variable to signal
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
 
 /**
- *  Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
+ * Wait until a condition variable is signaled.
  *
- *  \warning The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
+ * This function unlocks the specified `mutex` and waits for another thread
+ * to call SDL_CondSignal() or SDL_CondBroadcast() on the condition variable
+ * `cond`. Once the condition variable is signaled, the mutex is re-locked
+ * and the function returns.
  *
- *  The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
+ * The mutex must be locked before calling this function.
  *
- *  \return 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
+ * This function is the equivalent of calling SDL_CondWaitTimeout() with a
+ * time length of `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to wait on
+ * \param mutex the mutex used to coordinate thread access
+ * \returns 0 when it is signaled or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWaitTimeout
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
 
 /**
- *  Waits for at most \c ms milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
- *  variable is signaled, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
- *  signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+ * Wait until a condition variable is signaled or a certain time has passed.
  *
- *  \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
- *           delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+ * This function unlocks the specified `mutex` and waits for another thread
+ * to call SDL_CondSignal() or SDL_CondBroadcast() on the condition variable
+ * `cond`, or for the specified time to elapse. Once the condition variable
+ * is signaled or the time elapsed, the mutex is re-locked and the function
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * The mutex must be locked before calling this function.
+ *
+ * \param cond the condition variable to wait on
+ * \param mutex the mutex used to coordinate thread access
+ * \param ms the maximum time to wait, in milliseconds, or `SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT`
+ *           to wait indefinitely
+ * \returns 0 if the condition variable is signaled, `SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT` if
+ *          the condition is not signaled in the allotted time, or a negative
+ *          error code on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CondBroadcast
+ * \sa SDL_CondSignal
+ * \sa SDL_CondWait
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCond
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyCond
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
                                                 SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);

include/SDL_pixels.h

@@ -345,16 +345,29 @@ typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat
 } SDL_PixelFormat;
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the human readable name of a pixel format
+ * Get the human readable name of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * \param format the pixel format to query
+ * \returns the human readable name of the specified pixel format or
+ *          `SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN` if the format isn't recognized.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GetPixelFormatName(Uint32 format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp and RGBA masks.
+ * Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp value and RGBA masks.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't possible.
+ * \param format one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
+ * \param bpp a bits per pixel value; usually 15, 16, or 32
+ * \param Rmask a pointer filled in with the red mask for the format
+ * \param Gmask a pointer filled in with the green mask for the format
+ * \param Bmask a pointer filled in with the blue mask for the format
+ * \param Amask a pointer filled in with the alpha mask for the format
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't
+ *          possible; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum()
+ * \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
                                                             int *bpp,
@@ -364,12 +377,19 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
                                                             Uint32 * Amask);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Convert a bpp and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
+ * Convert a bpp value and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
  *
- *  \return The pixel format, or ::SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN if the conversion
- *          wasn't possible.
+ * This will return `SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN` if the conversion wasn't
+ * possible.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks()
+ * \param bpp a bits per pixel value; usually 15, 16, or 32
+ * \param Rmask the red mask for the format
+ * \param Gmask the green mask for the format
+ * \param Bmask the blue mask for the format
+ * \param Amask the alpha mask for the format
+ * \returns one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
                                                           Uint32 Rmask,
@@ -378,84 +398,193 @@ extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
                                                           Uint32 Amask);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure from a pixel format enum.
+ * Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure corresponding to a pixel format.
+ *
+ * Returned structure may come from a shared global cache (i.e. not newly
+ * allocated), and hence should not be modified, especially the palette. Weird
+ * errors such as `Blit combination not supported` may occur.
+ *
+ * \param pixel_format one of the SDL_PixelFormatEnum values
+ * \returns the new SDL_PixelFormat structure or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeFormat
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_PixelFormat * SDLCALL SDL_AllocFormat(Uint32 pixel_format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure.
+ * Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure allocated by SDL_AllocFormat().
+ *
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormat structure to free
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocFormat
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeFormat(SDL_PixelFormat *format);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a palette structure with the specified number of color
- *         entries.
+ * Create a palette structure with the specified number of color entries.
  *
- *  \return A new palette, or NULL if there wasn't enough memory.
+ * The palette entries are initialized to white.
  *
- *  \note The palette entries are initialized to white.
+ * \param ncolors represents the number of color entries in the color palette
+ * \returns a new SDL_Palette structure on success or NULL on failure (e.g. if
+ *          there wasn't enough memory); call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_FreePalette()
+ * \sa SDL_FreePalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Palette *SDLCALL SDL_AllocPalette(int ncolors);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
+ * Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
+ *
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormat structure that will use the palette
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure that will be used
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
+ * \sa SDL_FreePalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPixelFormatPalette(SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                                       SDL_Palette *palette);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set a range of colors in a palette.
+ * Set a range of colors in a palette.
  *
- *  \param palette    The palette to modify.
- *  \param colors     An array of colors to copy into the palette.
- *  \param firstcolor The index of the first palette entry to modify.
- *  \param ncolors    The number of entries to modify.
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure to modify
+ * \param colors an array of SDL_Color structures to copy into the palette
+ * \param firstcolor the index of the first palette entry to modify
+ * \param ncolors the number of entries to modify
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code if not all of the colors
+ *          could be set; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if not all of the colors could be set.
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPaletteColors(SDL_Palette * palette,
                                                  const SDL_Color * colors,
                                                  int firstcolor, int ncolors);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
+ * Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
  *
- *  \sa SDL_AllocPalette()
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure to be freed
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreePalette(SDL_Palette * palette);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ * Map an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MapRGBA
+ * This function maps the RGB color value to the specified pixel format and
+ * returns the pixel value best approximating the given RGB color value for
+ * the given pixel format.
+ *
+ * If the format has a palette (8-bit) the index of the closest matching color
+ * in the palette will be returned.
+ *
+ * If the specified pixel format has an alpha component it will be returned as
+ * all 1 bits (fully opaque).
+ *
+ * If the pixel format bpp (color depth) is less than 32-bpp then the unused
+ * upper bits of the return value can safely be ignored (e.g., with a 16-bpp
+ * format the return value can be assigned to a Uint16, and similarly a Uint8
+ * for an 8-bpp format).
+ *
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the pixel format
+ * \param r the red component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param g the green component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param b the blue component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \returns a pixel value
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                           Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ * Map an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * This function maps the RGBA color value to the specified pixel format and
+ * returns the pixel value best approximating the given RGBA color value for
+ * the given pixel format.
+ *
+ * If the specified pixel format has no alpha component the alpha value will
+ * be ignored (as it will be in formats with a palette).
+ *
+ * If the format has a palette (8-bit) the index of the closest matching color
+ * in the palette will be returned.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format bpp (color depth) is less than 32-bpp then the unused
+ * upper bits of the return value can safely be ignored (e.g., with a 16-bpp
+ * format the return value can be assigned to a Uint16, and similarly a Uint8
+ * for an 8-bpp format).
+ *
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r the red component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param g the green component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param b the blue component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \param a the alpha component of the pixel in the range 0-255
+ * \returns a pixel value
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                            Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
                                            Uint8 a);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the RGB components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ * Get RGB values from a pixel in the specified format.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * This function uses the entire 8-bit [0..255] range when converting color
+ * components from pixel formats with less than 8-bits per RGB component
+ * (e.g., a completely white pixel in 16-bit RGB565 format would return [0xff,
+ * 0xff, 0xff] not [0xf8, 0xfc, 0xf8]).
+ *
+ * \param pixel a pixel value
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the red component
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the green component
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the blue component
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel,
                                         const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
                                         Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the RGBA components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ * Get RGBA values from a pixel in the specified format.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * This function uses the entire 8-bit [0..255] range when converting color
+ * components from pixel formats with less than 8-bits per RGB component
+ * (e.g., a completely white pixel in 16-bit RGB565 format would return [0xff,
+ * 0xff, 0xff] not [0xf8, 0xfc, 0xf8]).
+ *
+ * If the surface has no alpha component, the alpha will be returned as 0xff
+ * (100% opaque).
+ *
+ * \param pixel a pixel value
+ * \param format an SDL_PixelFormat structure describing the format of the
+ *               pixel
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the red component
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the green component
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the blue component
+ * \param a a pointer filled in with the alpha component
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
                                          const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
@@ -463,7 +592,12 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
                                          Uint8 * a);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
+ * Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
+ *
+ * \param gamma a gamma value where 0.0 is black and 1.0 is identity
+ * \param ramp an array of 256 values filled in with the gamma ramp
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CalculateGammaRamp(float gamma, Uint16 * ramp);
 

include/SDL_platform.h

@@ -186,7 +186,22 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the name of the platform.
+ * Get the name of the platform.
+ *
+ * Here are the names returned for some (but not all) supported platforms:
+ *
+ * - "Windows"
+ *
+ * - "Mac OS X"
+ *
+ * - "Linux"
+ *
+ * - "iOS"
+ *
+ * - "Android"
+ *
+ * \returns the name of the platform. If the correct platform name is not
+ *          available, returns a string beginning with the text "Unknown".
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetPlatform (void);
 

include/SDL_power.h

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief The basic state for the system's power supply.
+ *  The basic state for the system's power supply.
  */
 typedef enum
 {
@@ -50,17 +50,28 @@ typedef enum
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the current power supply details.
+ * Get the current power supply details.
  *
- *  \param secs Seconds of battery life left. You can pass a NULL here if
- *              you don't care. Will return -1 if we can't determine a
- *              value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ * You should never take a battery status as absolute truth. Batteries
+ * (especially failing batteries) are delicate hardware, and the values
+ * reported here are best estimates based on what that hardware reports. It's
+ * not uncommon for older batteries to lose stored power much faster than it
+ * reports, or completely drain when reporting it has 20 percent left, etc.
  *
- *  \param pct Percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100. You can
- *             pass a NULL here if you don't care. Will return -1 if we
- *             can't determine a value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ * Battery status can change at any time; if you are concerned with power
+ * state, you should call this function frequently, and perhaps ignore changes
+ * until they seem to be stable for a few seconds.
  *
- *  \return The state of the battery (if any).
+ * It's possible a platform can only report battery percentage or time left
+ * but not both.
+ *
+ * \param secs seconds of battery life left, you can pass a NULL here if you
+ *             don't care, will return -1 if we can't determine a value, or
+ *             we're not running on a battery
+ * \param pct percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100, you can pass
+ *            a NULL here if you don't care, will return -1 if we can't
+ *            determine a value, or we're not running on a battery
+ * \returns an SDL_PowerState enum representing the current battery state.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_PowerState SDLCALL SDL_GetPowerInfo(int *secs, int *pct);
 

include/SDL_rect.h

@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief  The structure that defines a point (integer)
+ * The structure that defines a point (integer)
  *
- *  \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
- *  \sa SDL_PointInRect
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ * \sa SDL_PointInRect
  */
 typedef struct SDL_Point
 {
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ typedef struct SDL_Point
 } SDL_Point;
 
 /**
- *  \brief  The structure that defines a point (floating point)
+ * The structure that defines a point (floating point)
  *
- *  \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
- *  \sa SDL_PointInRect
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ * \sa SDL_PointInRect
  */
 typedef struct SDL_FPoint
 {
@@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ typedef struct SDL_FPoint
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (integer).
+ * A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (integer).
  *
- *  \sa SDL_RectEmpty
- *  \sa SDL_RectEquals
- *  \sa SDL_HasIntersection
- *  \sa SDL_IntersectRect
- *  \sa SDL_UnionRect
- *  \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ * \sa SDL_RectEmpty
+ * \sa SDL_RectEquals
+ * \sa SDL_HasIntersection
+ * \sa SDL_IntersectRect
+ * \sa SDL_UnionRect
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
  */
 typedef struct SDL_Rect
 {
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ typedef struct SDL_Rect
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (floating point).
+ * A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left (floating point).
  */
 typedef struct SDL_FRect
 {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ typedef struct SDL_FRect
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns true if point resides inside a rectangle.
+ * Returns true if point resides inside a rectangle.
  */
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_PointInRect(const SDL_Point *p, const SDL_Rect *r)
 {
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_PointInRect(const SDL_Point *p, const SDL_Rect *r)
 }
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
+ * Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
  */
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
 {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
 }
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
+ * Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
  */
 SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
 {
@@ -120,33 +120,66 @@ SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
 }
 
 /**
- *  \brief Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
+ * Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * If either pointer is NULL the function will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_IntersectRect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
                                                      const SDL_Rect * B);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
+ * Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * If `result` is NULL then this function will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the intersection of
+ *               rectangles `A` and `B`
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasIntersection
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
                                                    const SDL_Rect * B,
                                                    SDL_Rect * result);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate the union of two rectangles.
+ * Calculate the union of two rectangles.
+ *
+ * \param A an SDL_Rect structure representing the first rectangle
+ * \param B an SDL_Rect structure representing the second rectangle
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the union of rectangles
+ *               `A` and `B`
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
                                            const SDL_Rect * B,
                                            SDL_Rect * result);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points
+ * Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if any points were within the clipping rect
+ * If `clip` is not NULL then only points inside of the clipping rectangle
+ * are considered.
+ *
+ * \param points an array of SDL_Point structures representing points to be
+ *               enclosed
+ * \param count the number of structures in the `points` array
+ * \param clip an SDL_Rect used for clipping or NULL to enclose all points
+ * \param result an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the minimal enclosing
+ *               rectangle
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if any points were enclosed or SDL_FALSE if all the
+ *          points were outside of the clipping rectangle.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
                                                    int count,
@@ -154,9 +187,20 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
                                                    SDL_Rect * result);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
+ * Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * This function is used to clip a line segment to a rectangle. A line segment
+ * contained entirely within the rectangle or that does not intersect will
+ * remain unchanged. A line segment that crosses the rectangle at either or
+ * both ends will be clipped to the boundary of the rectangle and the new
+ * coordinates saved in `X1`, `Y1`, `X2`, and/or `Y2` as necessary.
+ *
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to intersect
+ * \param X1 a pointer to the starting X-coordinate of the line
+ * \param Y1 a pointer to the starting Y-coordinate of the line
+ * \param X2 a pointer to the ending X-coordinate of the line
+ * \param Y2 a pointer to the ending Y-coordinate of the line
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
                                                           rect, int *X1,

include/SDL_rwops.h

@@ -182,77 +182,194 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
 #define RW_SEEK_END 2       /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
 
 /**
- *  Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
+ * Use this macro to get the size of the data stream in an SDL_RWops.
+ *
+ * \param context the SDL_RWops to get the size of the data stream from
+ * \returns the size of the data stream in the SDL_RWops on success, -1 if
+ *          unknown or a negative error code on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWsize(SDL_RWops *context);
 
 /**
- *  Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
- *  RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
+ * Seek within an SDL_RWops data stream.
  *
- *  \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
+ * This function seeks to byte `offset`, relative to `whence`.
+ *
+ * `whence` may be any of the following values:
+ *
+ * - `RW_SEEK_SET`: seek from the beginning of data
+ *
+ * - `RW_SEEK_CUR`: seek relative to current read point
+ *
+ * - `RW_SEEK_END`: seek relative to the end of data
+ *
+ * If this stream can not seek, it will return -1.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWseek() is actually a wrapper function that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `seek` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param offset an offset in bytes, relative to **whence** location; can be
+ *               negative
+ * \param whence any of `RW_SEEK_SET`, `RW_SEEK_CUR`, `RW_SEEK_END`
+ * \returns the final offset in the data stream after the seek or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWtell
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWseek(SDL_RWops *context,
                                           Sint64 offset, int whence);
 
 /**
- *  Return the current offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
+ * Determine the current read/write offset in an SDL_RWops data stream.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWtell is actually a wrapper function that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `seek` method, with an offset of 0 bytes from `RW_SEEK_CUR`, to simplify
+ * application development.
+ *
+ * \param context a SDL_RWops data stream object from which to get the current
+ *                offset
+ * \returns the current offset in the stream, or -1 if the information can not
+ *          be determined.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_RWtell(SDL_RWops *context);
 
 /**
- *  Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
- *  stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
+ * Read from a data source.
  *
- *  \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
+ * This function reads up to `maxnum` objects each of size `size` from the
+ * data source to the area pointed at by `ptr`. This function may read less
+ * objects than requested. It will return zero when there has been an error or
+ * the data stream is completely read.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWread() is actually a function wrapper that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `read` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param ptr a pointer to a buffer to read data into
+ * \param size the size of each object to read, in bytes
+ * \param maxnum the maximum number of objects to be read
+ * \returns the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
  */
 extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWread(SDL_RWops *context,
-                                          void *ptr, size_t size, size_t maxnum);
+                                          void *ptr, size_t size,
+                                          size_t maxnum);
 
 /**
- *  Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
- *  pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
+ * Write to an SDL_RWops data stream.
  *
- *  \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
+ * This function writes exactly `num` objects each of size `size` from the
+ * area pointed at by `ptr` to the stream. If this fails for any reason,
+ * it'll return less than `num` to demonstrate how far the write progressed.
+ * On success, it returns `num`.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWwrite is actually a function wrapper that calls the SDL_RWops's
+ * `write` method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * \param context a pointer to an SDL_RWops structure
+ * \param ptr a pointer to a buffer containing data to write
+ * \param size the size of an object to write, in bytes
+ * \param num the number of objects to write
+ * \returns the number of objects written, which will be less than **num** on
+ *          error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWclose
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
  */
 extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_RWwrite(SDL_RWops *context,
-                                           const void *ptr, size_t size, size_t num);
+                                           const void *ptr, size_t size,
+                                           size_t num);
 
 /**
- *  Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
+ * Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
  *
- *  \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
+ * SDL_RWclose() closes and cleans up the SDL_RWops stream. It releases any
+ * resources used by the stream and frees the SDL_RWops itself with
+ * SDL_FreeRW(). This returns 0 on success, or -1 if the stream failed to
+ * flush to its output (e.g. to disk).
+ *
+ * Note that if this fails to flush the stream to disk, this function reports
+ * an error, but the SDL_RWops is still invalid once this function returns.
+ *
+ * SDL_RWclose() is actually a macro that calls the SDL_RWops's `close`
+ * method appropriately, to simplify application development.
+ *
+ * \param context SDL_RWops structure to close
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromConstMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFile
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromFP
+ * \sa SDL_RWFromMem
+ * \sa SDL_RWread
+ * \sa SDL_RWseek
+ * \sa SDL_RWwrite
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RWclose(SDL_RWops *context);
 
 /**
- *  Load all the data from an SDL data stream.
+ * Load all the data from an SDL data stream.
  *
- *  The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated)
+ * The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated) for
+ * convenience. This extra byte is not included in the value reported via
+ * `datasize`.
  *
- *  If \c datasize is not NULL, it is filled with the size of the data read.
+ * The data should be freed with SDL_free().
  *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- *
- *  The data should be freed with SDL_free().
- *
- *  \return the data, or NULL if there was an error.
+ * \param src the SDL_RWops to read all available data from
+ * \param datasize if not NULL, will store the number of bytes read
+ * \param freesrc if non-zero, calls SDL_RWclose() on `src` before returning
+ * \returns the data, or NULL if there was an error.
  */
-extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWops * src, size_t *datasize,
-                                                    int freesrc);
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile_RW(SDL_RWops *src,
+                                              size_t *datasize,
+                                              int freesrc);
 
 /**
- *  Load an entire file.
+ * Load all the data from a file path.
  *
- *  The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated)
+ * The data is allocated with a zero byte at the end (null terminated) for
+ * convenience. This extra byte is not included in the value reported via
+ * `datasize`.
  *
- *  If \c datasize is not NULL, it is filled with the size of the data read.
+ * The data should be freed with SDL_free().
  *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
- *
- *  The data should be freed with SDL_free().
- *
- *  \return the data, or NULL if there was an error.
+ * \param file the path to read all available data from
+ * \param datasize if not NULL, will store the number of bytes read
+ * \returns the data, or NULL if there was an error.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFile(const char *file, size_t *datasize);
 

include/SDL_sensor.h

@@ -138,118 +138,122 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockSensors(void);
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSensors(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Count the number of sensors attached to the system right now
+ * Count the number of sensors attached to the system right now.
+ *
+ * \returns The number of sensors detected.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumSensors(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- * 
- *  \return The sensor name, or NULL if device_index is out of range.
+ * \param device_index The sensor to obtain name from
+ * \returns The sensor name, or NULL if `device_index` is out of range.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceName(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the type of a sensor.
+ * Get the type of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor type, or SDL_SENSOR_INVALID if device_index is out of range.
+ * \param device_index The sensor to get the type from
+ * \returns The SDL_SensorType, or `SDL_SENSOR_INVALID` if `device_index` is
+ *          out of range.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceType(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
+ * Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if device_index is out of range.
+ * \param device_index The sensor to check
+ * \returns The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if `device_index` is out
+ *          of range.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceNonPortableType(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the instance ID of a sensor.
+ * Get the instance ID of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor instance ID, or -1 if device_index is out of range.
+ * \param device_index The sensor to get instance id from
+ * \returns The sensor instance ID, or -1 if `device_index` is out of range.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetDeviceInstanceID(int device_index);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Open a sensor for use.
+ * Open a sensor for use.
  *
- *  The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th sensor on the system.
- *
- *  \return A sensor identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ * \param device_index The sensor to open
+ * \returns An SDL_Sensor sensor object, or NULL if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorOpen(int device_index);
 
 /**
  * Return the SDL_Sensor associated with an instance id.
+ *
+ * \param instance_id The sensor from instance id
+ * \returns An SDL_Sensor object.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Sensor *SDLCALL SDL_SensorFromInstanceID(SDL_SensorID instance_id);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor.
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a sensor
  *
- *  \return The sensor name, or NULL if the sensor is NULL.
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object
+ * \returns The sensor name, or NULL if `sensor` is NULL.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetName(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the type of a sensor.
+ * Get the type of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor type, or SDL_SENSOR_INVALID if the sensor is NULL.
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns The SDL_SensorType type, or `SDL_SENSOR_INVALID` if `sensor` is
+ *          NULL.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorType SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
+ * Get the platform dependent type of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if the sensor is NULL.
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns The sensor platform dependent type, or -1 if `sensor` is NULL.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetNonPortableType(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the instance ID of a sensor.
+ * Get the instance ID of a sensor.
  *
- *  This can be called before any sensors are opened.
- *
- *  \return The sensor instance ID, or -1 if the sensor is NULL.
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to inspect
+ * \returns The sensor instance ID, or -1 if `sensor` is NULL.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_SensorID SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetInstanceID(SDL_Sensor *sensor);
 
 /**
- *  Get the current state of an opened sensor.
+ * Get the current state of an opened sensor.
  *
  *  The number of values and interpretation of the data is sensor dependent.
  *
- *  \param sensor The sensor to query
- *  \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
- *  \param num_values The number of values to write to data
- *
- *  \return 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to query
+ * \param data A pointer filled with the current sensor state
+ * \param num_values The number of values to write to data
+ * \returns 0 or -1 if an error occurred.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SensorGetData(SDL_Sensor * sensor, float *data, int num_values);
 
 /**
- *  Close a sensor previously opened with SDL_SensorOpen()
+ * Close a sensor previously opened with SDL_SensorOpen().
+ *
+ * \param sensor The SDL_Sensor object to close
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorClose(SDL_Sensor * sensor);
 
 /**
- *  Update the current state of the open sensors.
+ * Update the current state of the open sensors.
  *
- *  This is called automatically by the event loop if sensor events are enabled.
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if sensor events are
+ * enabled.
  *
- *  This needs to be called from the thread that initialized the sensor subsystem.
+ * This needs to be called from the thread that initialized the sensor
+ * subsystem.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SensorUpdate(void);
 

include/SDL_surface.h

@@ -112,31 +112,101 @@ typedef enum
 } SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE;
 
 /**
- *  Allocate and free an RGB surface.
+ * Allocate a new RGB surface.
  *
- *  If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
- *  If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
- *  flags '[RGB]mask'.
+ * If `depth` is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
+ * If `depth` is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
+ * [RGBA]mask parameters.
  *
- *  If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
+ * The [RGBA]mask parameters are the bitmasks used to extract that color from
+ * a pixel. For instance, `Rmask` being 0xFF000000 means the red data is
+ * stored in the most significant byte. Using zeros for the RGB masks sets a
+ * default value, based on the depth. For example:
  *
- *  \param flags The \c flags are obsolete and should be set to 0.
- *  \param width The width in pixels of the surface to create.
- *  \param height The height in pixels of the surface to create.
- *  \param depth The depth in bits of the surface to create.
- *  \param Rmask The red mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Gmask The green mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Bmask The blue mask of the surface to create.
- *  \param Amask The alpha mask of the surface to create.
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_CreateRGBSurface(0,w,h,32,0,0,0,0);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * However, using zero for the Amask results in an Amask of 0.
+ *
+ * By default surfaces with an alpha mask are set up for blending as with:
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(surface, SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND)
+ * ```
+ *
+ * You can change this by calling SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode() and selecting a
+ * different `blendMode`.
+ *
+ * \param flags the flags are unused and should be set to 0
+ * \param width the width of the surface
+ * \param height the height of the surface
+ * \param depth the depth of the surface in bits
+ * \param Rmask the red mask for the pixels
+ * \param Gmask the green mask for the pixels
+ * \param Bmask the blue mask for the pixels
+ * \param Amask the alpha mask for the pixels
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
+ * \sa SDL_FreeSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
     (Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
      Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
 
+
 /* !!! FIXME for 2.1: why does this ask for depth? Format provides that. */
+/**
+ * Allocate a new RGB surface with a specific pixel format.
+ *
+ * This function operates mostly like SDL_CreateRGBSurface(), except instead
+ * of providing pixel color masks, you provide it with a predefined format
+ * from SDL_PixelFormatEnum.
+ *
+ * \param flags the flags are unused and should be set to 0
+ * \param width the width of the surface
+ * \param height the height of the surface
+ * \param depth the depth of the surface in bits
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormatEnum for the new surface's pixel format.
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom
+ * \sa SDL_FreeSurface
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
     (Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth, Uint32 format);
 
+/**
+ * Allocate a new RGB surface with existing pixel data.
+ *
+ * This function operates mostly like SDL_CreateRGBSurface(), except it does
+ * not allocate memory for the pixel data, instead the caller provides an
+ * existing buffer of data for the surface to use.
+ *
+ * No copy is made of the pixel data. Pixel data is not managed
+ * automatically; you must free the surface before you free the pixel data.
+ *
+ * \param pixels a pointer to existing pixel data
+ * \param width the width of the surface
+ * \param height the height of the surface
+ * \param depth the depth of the surface in bits
+ * \param pitch the pitch of the surface in bytes
+ * \param Rmask the red mask for the pixels
+ * \param Gmask the green mask for the pixels
+ * \param Bmask the blue mask for the pixels
+ * \param Amask the alpha mask for the pixels
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
+ * \sa SDL_FreeSurface
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
                                                               int width,
                                                               int height,
@@ -146,74 +216,133 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
                                                               Uint32 Gmask,
                                                               Uint32 Bmask,
                                                               Uint32 Amask);
+
+/* !!! FIXME for 2.1: why does this ask for depth? Format provides that. */
+/**
+ * Allocate a new RGB surface with with a specific pixel format and existing
+ * pixel data.
+ *
+ * This function operates mostly like SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(), except
+ * instead of providing pixel color masks, you provide it with a predefined
+ * format from SDL_PixelFormatEnum.
+ *
+ * No copy is made of the pixel data. Pixel data is not managed
+ * automatically; you must free the surface before you free the pixel data.
+ *
+ * \param pixels a pointer to existing pixel data
+ * \param width the width of the surface
+ * \param height the height of the surface
+ * \param depth the depth of the surface in bits
+ * \param pitch the pitch of the surface in bytes
+ * \param format the SDL_PixelFormatEnum for the new surface's pixel format.
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormat
+ * \sa SDL_FreeSurface
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceWithFormatFrom
     (void *pixels, int width, int height, int depth, int pitch, Uint32 format);
+
+/**
+ * Free an RGB surface.
+ *
+ * It is safe to pass NULL to this function.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface to free.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom
+ * \sa SDL_LoadBMP
+ * \sa SDL_LoadBMP_RW
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the palette used by a surface.
+ * Set the palette used by a surface.
  *
- *  \return 0, or -1 if the surface format doesn't use a palette.
+ * A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
  *
- *  \note A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to update
+ * \param palette the SDL_Palette structure to use
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfacePalette(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                   SDL_Palette * palette);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
+ * Set up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
  *
- *  Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
- *  to and read from \c surface->pixels, using the pixel format stored in
- *  \c surface->format.  Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
- *  use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
+ * Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write to
+ * and read from `surface->pixels`, using the pixel format stored in
+ * `surface->format`. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should use
+ * SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
  *
- *  Not all surfaces require locking.  If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
- *  to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
- *  pixel format of the surface will not change.
+ * Not all surfaces require locking. If `SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface)` evaluates to
+ * 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the pixel
+ * format of the surface will not change.
  *
- *  No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
- *  pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to be locked
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_UnlockSurface()
+ * \sa SDL_MUSTLOCK
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
-/** \sa SDL_LockSurface() */
+
+/**
+ * Release a surface after directly accessing the pixels.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to be unlocked
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockSurface()
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
 
 /**
- *  Load a surface from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
+ * Load a BMP image from a seekable SDL data stream.
  *
- *  If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
+ * The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
  *
- *  The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
+ * \param src the data stream for the surface
+ * \param freesrc non-zero to close the stream after being read
+ * \returns a pointer to a new SDL_Surface structure or NULL if there was an
+ *          error; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+ * \sa SDL_FreeSurface
+ * \sa SDL_LoadBMP
+ * \sa SDL_SaveBMP_RW
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
                                                     int freesrc);
 
 /**
- *  Load a surface from a file.
+ * Load a surface from a file.
  *
- *  Convenience macro.
+ * Convenience macro.
  */
 #define SDL_LoadBMP(file)   SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
 
 /**
- *  Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
+ * Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream in BMP format.
  *
- *  Surfaces with a 24-bit, 32-bit and paletted 8-bit format get saved in the
- *  BMP directly. Other RGB formats with 8-bit or higher get converted to a
- *  24-bit surface or, if they have an alpha mask or a colorkey, to a 32-bit
- *  surface before they are saved. YUV and paletted 1-bit and 4-bit formats are
- *  not supported.
+ * Surfaces with a 24-bit, 32-bit and paletted 8-bit format get saved in the
+ * BMP directly. Other RGB formats with 8-bit or higher get converted to a
+ * 24-bit surface or, if they have an alpha mask or a colorkey, to a 32-bit
+ * surface before they are saved. YUV and paletted 1-bit and 4-bit formats are
+ * not supported.
  *
- *  If \c freedst is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being written.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure containing the image to be saved
+ * \param dst a data stream to save to
+ * \param freedst non-zero to close the stream after being written
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
+ * \sa SDL_LoadBMP_RW
+ * \sa SDL_SaveBMP
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
     (SDL_Surface * surface, SDL_RWops * dst, int freedst);
@@ -227,190 +356,300 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
         SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
+ * Set the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
+ * If RLE is enabled, color key and alpha blending blits are much faster, but
+ * the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
  *
- *  \note If RLE is enabled, colorkey and alpha blending blits are much faster,
- *        but the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to optimize
+ * \param flag 0 to disable, non-zero to enable RLE acceleration
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
+ * \sa SDL_LockSurface
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                               int flag);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns whether the surface is RLE enabled
+ * Returns whether the surface is RLE enabled
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the surface is RLE enabled, or SDL_FALSE if the surface is NULL or not RLE enabled
+ * It is safe to pass a NULL `surface` here; it will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the surface is RLE enabled, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceRLE
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+ * Set the color key (transparent pixel) in a surface.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to update
- *  \param flag Non-zero to enable colorkey and 0 to disable colorkey
- *  \param key The transparent pixel in the native surface format
+ * The color key defines a pixel value that will be treated as transparent in
+ * a blit. It is a pixel of the format used by the surface, as generated by
+ * SDL_MapRGB().
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
+ * RLE acceleration can substantially speed up blitting of images with large
+ * horizontal runs of transparent pixels. See SDL_SetSurfaceRLE() for details.
  *
- *  You can pass SDL_RLEACCEL to enable RLE accelerated blits.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to update
+ * \param flag SDL_TRUE to enable color key, SDL_FALSE to disable color key
+ * \param key the transparent pixel
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
+ * \sa SDL_GetColorKey
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                             int flag, Uint32 key);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Returns whether the surface has a color key
+ * Returns whether the surface has a color key
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the surface has a color key, or SDL_FALSE if the surface is NULL or has no color key
+ * It is safe to pass a NULL `surface` here; it will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the surface has a color key, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetColorKey
+ * \sa SDL_GetColorKey
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Gets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+ * Get the color key (transparent pixel) for a surface.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to update
- *  \param key A pointer filled in with the transparent pixel in the native
- *             surface format
+ * The color key is a pixel of the format used by the surface, as generated by
+ * SDL_MapRGB().
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid or colorkey is not
- *          enabled.
+ * If the surface doesn't have color key enabled this function returns -1.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \param key a pointer filled in with the transparent pixel
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
+ * \sa SDL_SetColorKey
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                             Uint32 * key);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set an additional color value used in blit operations.
+ * Set an additional color value multiplied into blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param r The red color value multiplied into blit operations.
- *  \param g The green color value multiplied into blit operations.
- *  \param b The blue color value multiplied into blit operations.
+ * When this surface is blitted, during the blit operation each source color
+ * channel is modulated by the appropriate color value according to the
+ * following formula:
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ * `srcC = srcC * (color / 255)`
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod()
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to update
+ * \param r the red color value multiplied into blit operations
+ * \param g the green color value multiplied into blit operations
+ * \param b the blue color value multiplied into blit operations
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                    Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the additional color value used in blit operations.
+ * Get the additional color value multiplied into blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to query.
- *  \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
- *  \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
- *  \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \param r a pointer filled in with the current red color value
+ * \param g a pointer filled in with the current green color value
+ * \param b a pointer filled in with the current blue color value
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod()
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                    Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
                                                    Uint8 * b);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
+ * Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into blit operations.
+ * When this surface is blitted, during the blit operation the source alpha
+ * value is modulated by this alpha value according to the following formula:
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ * `srcA = srcA * (alpha / 255)`
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod()
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to update
+ * \param alpha the alpha value multiplied into blit operations
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                    Uint8 alpha);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
+ * Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to query.
- *  \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \param alpha a pointer filled in with the current alpha value
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod()
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                    Uint8 * alpha);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
+ * Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface The surface to update.
- *  \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending.
+ * To copy a surface to another surface (or texture) without blending with the
+ * existing data, the blendmode of the SOURCE surface should be set to
+ * `SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE`.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the parameters are not valid.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to update
+ * \param blendMode the SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                     SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
+ * Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
  *
- *  \param surface   The surface to query.
- *  \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to query
+ * \param blendMode a pointer filled in with the current SDL_BlendMode
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode()
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                     SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
 
 /**
- *  Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ * Set the clipping rectangle for a surface.
  *
- *  If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
+ * When `surface` is the destination of a blit, only the area within the
+ * clip rectangle is drawn into.
  *
- *  If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
- *  return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.  Otherwise the
- *  function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
- *  the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
+ * Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source and
+ * destination surfaces.
  *
- *  Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
- *  and destination surfaces.
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure to be clipped
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the clipping rectangle, or
+ *             NULL to disable clipping
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the rectangle intersects the surface, otherwise
+ *          SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipRect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                                  const SDL_Rect * rect);
 
 /**
- *  Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ * Get the clipping rectangle for a surface.
  *
- *  \c rect must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
- *  with the correct values.
+ * When `surface` is the destination of a blit, only the area within the
+ * clip rectangle is drawn into.
+ *
+ * \param surface the SDL_Surface structure representing the surface to be
+ *                clipped
+ * \param rect an SDL_Rect structure filled in with the clipping rectangle for
+ *             the surface
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipRect
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
                                              SDL_Rect * rect);
 
 /*
- * Creates a new surface identical to the existing surface
+ * Creates a new surface identical to the existing surface.
+ *
+ * The returned surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
+ *
+ * \param surface the surface to duplicate.
+ * \returns a copy of the surface, or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_DuplicateSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
 
 /**
- *  Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
- *  the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
- *  fast as possible.  If this function fails, it returns NULL.
+ * Copy an existing surface to a new surface of the specified format.
  *
- *  The \c flags parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
- *  semantics.  You can also pass ::SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
- *  SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
- *  surface.
+ * This function is used to optimize images for faster *repeat* blitting. This
+ * is accomplished by converting the original and storing the result as a new
+ * surface. The new, optimized surface can then be used as the source for
+ * future blits, making them faster.
+ *
+ * \param src the existing SDL_Surface structure to convert
+ * \param fmt the SDL_PixelFormat structure that the new surface is optimized
+ *            for
+ * \param flags the flags are unused and should be set to 0; this is a
+ *              leftover from SDL 1.2's API
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocFormat
+ * \sa SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
     (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_PixelFormat * fmt, Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy an existing surface to a new surface of the specified format enum.
+ *
+ * This function operates just like SDL_ConvertSurface(), but accepts an
+ * SDL_PixelFormatEnum value instead of an SDL_PixelFormat structure. As
+ * such, it might be easier to call but it doesn't have access to palette
+ * information for the destination surface, in case that would be important.
+ *
+ * \param src the existing SDL_Surface structure to convert
+ * \param pixel_format the SDL_PixelFormatEnum that the new surface is
+ *                     optimized for
+ * \param flags the flags are unused and should be set to 0; this is a
+ *              leftover from SDL 1.2's API
+ * \returns the new SDL_Surface structure that is created or NULL if it fails;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocFormat
+ * \sa SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
     (SDL_Surface * src, Uint32 pixel_format, Uint32 flags);
 
 /**
- * \brief Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format
+ * Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 if there was an error
+ * \param width the width of the block to copy, in pixels
+ * \param height the height of the block to copy, in pixels
+ * \param src_format an SDL_PixelFormatEnum value of the `src` pixels format
+ * \param src a pointer to the source pixels
+ * \param src_pitch the pitch of the block to copy, in bytes
+ * \param dst_format an SDL_PixelFormatEnum value of the `dst` pixels format
+ * \param dst a pointer to be filled in with new pixel data
+ * \param dst_pitch the pitch of the destination pixels, in bytes
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
                                               Uint32 src_format,
@@ -419,20 +658,54 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
                                               void * dst, int dst_pitch);
 
 /**
- *  Performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with \c color.
+ * Perform a fast fill of a rectangle with a specific color.
  *
- *  If \c rect is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with \c color.
+ * `color` should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and can be
+ * generated by SDL_MapRGB() or SDL_MapRGBA(). If the color value contains an
+ * alpha component then the destination is simply filled with that alpha
+ * information, no blending takes place.
  *
- *  The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
- *  can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
+ * If there is a clip rectangle set on the destination (set via
+ * SDL_SetClipRect()), then this function will fill based on the intersection
+ * of the clip rectangle and `rect`.
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ * \param dst the SDL_Surface structure that is the drawing target
+ * \param rect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to fill, or
+ *             NULL to fill the entire surface
+ * \param color the color to fill with
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FillRects
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
     (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rect, Uint32 color);
+
+/**
+ * Perform a fast fill of a set of rectangles with a specific color.
+ *
+ * `color` should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and can be
+ * generated by SDL_MapRGB() or SDL_MapRGBA(). If the color value contains an
+ * alpha component then the destination is simply filled with that alpha
+ * information, no blending takes place.
+ *
+ * If there is a clip rectangle set on the destination (set via
+ * SDL_SetClipRect()), then this function will fill based on the intersection
+ * of the clip rectangle and `rect`.
+ *
+ * \param dst the SDL_Surface structure that is the drawing target
+ * \param rects an array of SDL_Rects representing the rectangles to fill.
+ * \param count the number of rectangles in the array
+ * \param color the color to fill with
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FillRect
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
     (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rects, int count, Uint32 color);
 
+/* !!! FIXME: merge this documentation with the wiki */
 /**
  *  Performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
  *
@@ -493,36 +766,57 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
 #define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
 
 /**
- *  This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
- *  rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
+ * Perform a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
+ *
+ * SDL_UpperBlit() has been replaced by SDL_BlitSurface(), which is merely
+ * a macro for this function with a less confusing name.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
     (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
      SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
 
 /**
- *  This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- *  blitting only.
+ * Perform low-level surface blitting only.
+ *
+ * This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+ * blitting, assuming the input rectangles have already been clipped.
+ *
+ * Unless you know what you're doing, you should be using SDL_BlitSurface()
+ * instead.
+ *
+ * \param src the SDL_Surface structure to be copied from
+ * \param srcrect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to be
+ *                copied, or NULL to copy the entire surface
+ * \param dst the SDL_Surface structure that is the blit target
+ * \param dstrect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle that is
+ *                copied into
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
     (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
      SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
 
-/**
- *  \brief Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
- *         same pixel format.
- *
- *  \note This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
- */
+
+ /**
+  * Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
+  * same format.
+  *
+  * **Warning**: This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
+  *
+  * Please use SDL_BlitScaled() instead.
+  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface * src,
                                             const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
                                             SDL_Surface * dst,
                                             const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Perform a bilinear scaling between two surfaces of the
- *         same pixel format, 32BPP.
- *
+ * Perform bilinear scaling between two surfaces of the same format, 32BPP.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretchLinear(SDL_Surface * src,
                                             const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
@@ -533,33 +827,50 @@ extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretchLinear(SDL_Surface * src,
 #define SDL_BlitScaled SDL_UpperBlitScaled
 
 /**
- *  This is the public scaled blit function, SDL_BlitScaled(), and it performs
- *  rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlitScaled()
+ * Perform a scaled surface copy to a destination surface.
+ *
+ * SDL_UpperBlitScaled() has been replaced by SDL_BlitScaled(), which is
+ * merely a macro for this function with a less confusing name.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitScaled
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlitScaled
     (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
     SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
 
 /**
- *  This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
- *  scaled blitting only.
+ * Perform low-level surface scaled blitting only.
+ *
+ * This is a semi-private function and it performs low-level surface blitting,
+ * assuming the input rectangles have already been clipped.
+ *
+ * \param src the SDL_Surface structure to be copied from
+ * \param srcrect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle to be
+ *                copied
+ * \param dst the SDL_Surface structure that is the blit target
+ * \param dstrect the SDL_Rect structure representing the rectangle that is
+ *                copied into
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_BlitScaled
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlitScaled
     (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
     SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the YUV conversion mode
+ * Set the YUV conversion mode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetYUVConversionMode(SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE mode);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the YUV conversion mode
+ * Get the YUV conversion mode
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE SDLCALL SDL_GetYUVConversionMode(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the YUV conversion mode, returning the correct mode for the resolution when the current conversion mode is SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_AUTOMATIC
+ * Get the YUV conversion mode, returning the correct mode for the resolution when the current conversion mode is SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_AUTOMATIC
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_YUV_CONVERSION_MODE SDLCALL SDL_GetYUVConversionModeForResolution(int width, int height);
 

include/SDL_system.h

@@ -43,41 +43,78 @@ extern "C" {
 /* Platform specific functions for Windows */
 #ifdef __WIN32__
 	
-/**
-   \brief Set a function that is called for every windows message, before TranslateMessage()
-*/
 typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_WindowsMessageHook)(void *userdata, void *hWnd, unsigned int message, Uint64 wParam, Sint64 lParam);
+
+/**
+ * Set a callback for every Windows message, run before TranslateMessage().
+ *
+ * \param callback The SDL_WindowsMessageHook function to call.
+ * \param userdata a pointer to pass to every iteration of `callback`
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowsMessageHook(SDL_WindowsMessageHook callback, void *userdata);
 
 /**
-   \brief Returns the D3D9 adapter index that matches the specified display index.
-
-   This adapter index can be passed to IDirect3D9::CreateDevice and controls
-   on which monitor a full screen application will appear.
-*/
+ * Get the D3D9 adapter index that matches the specified display index.
+ *
+ * The returned adapter index can be passed to `IDirect3D9::CreateDevice` and
+ * controls on which monitor a full screen application will appear.
+ *
+ * \param displayIndex the display index for which to get the D3D9 adapter
+ *                     index
+ * \returns the D3D9 adapter index on success or a negative error code on
+ *          failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Direct3D9GetAdapterIndex( int displayIndex );
 
 typedef struct IDirect3DDevice9 IDirect3DDevice9;
-/**
-   \brief Returns the D3D9 device associated with a renderer, or NULL if it's not a D3D9 renderer.
 
-   Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a resource leak.
+/**
+ * Get the D3D9 device associated with a renderer.
+ *
+ * Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a
+ * resource leak.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which to get the associated D3D device
+ * \returns the D3D9 device associated with given renderer or NULL if it is
+ *          not a D3D9 renderer; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.1.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC IDirect3DDevice9* SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetD3D9Device(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
 
 typedef struct ID3D11Device ID3D11Device;
-/**
-   \brief Returns the D3D11 device associated with a renderer, or NULL if it's not a D3D11 renderer.
 
-   Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a resource leak.
+/**
+ * Get the D3D11 device associated with a renderer.
+ *
+ * Once you are done using the device, you should release it to avoid a
+ * resource leak.
+ *
+ * \param renderer the renderer from which to get the associated D3D11 device
+ * \returns the D3D11 device associated with given renderer or NULL if it is
+ *          not a D3D11 renderer; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC ID3D11Device* SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetD3D11Device(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
 
 /**
-   \brief Returns the DXGI Adapter and Output indices for the specified display index.
-
-   These can be passed to EnumAdapters and EnumOutputs respectively to get the objects
-   required to create a DX10 or DX11 device and swap chain.
+ * Get the DXGI Adapter and Output indices for the specified display index.
+ *
+ * The DXGI Adapter and Output indices can be passed to `EnumAdapters` and
+ * `EnumOutputs` respectively to get the objects required to create a DX10 or
+ * DX11 device and swap chain.
+ *
+ * Before SDL 2.0.4 this function did not return a value. Since SDL 2.0.4 it
+ * returns an SDL_bool.
+ *
+ * \param displayIndex the display index for which to get both indices
+ * \param adapterIndex a pointer to be filled in with the adapter index
+ * \param outputIndex a pointer to be filled in with the output index
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success or SDL_FALSE on failure; call SDL_GetError()
+ *          for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_DXGIGetOutputInfo( int displayIndex, int *adapterIndex, int *outputIndex );
 
@@ -88,9 +125,13 @@ extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_DXGIGetOutputInfo( int displayIndex, int *a
 #ifdef __LINUX__
 
 /**
-   \brief Sets the UNIX nice value for a thread, using setpriority() if possible, and RealtimeKit if available.
-
-   \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ * Sets the UNIX nice value for a thread.
+ *
+ * This uses setpriority() if possible, and RealtimeKit if available.
+ *
+ * \param threadID the Unix thread ID to change priority of.
+ * \param priority The new, Unix-specific, priority value.
+ * \returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LinuxSetThreadPriority(Sint64 threadID, int priority);
  
@@ -112,66 +153,118 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_bool enabled);
 #ifdef __ANDROID__
 
 /**
-   \brief Get the JNI environment for the current thread
-
-   This returns JNIEnv*, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
+ * Get the Android Java Native Interface Environment of the current thread.
+ *
+ * This is the JNIEnv one needs to access the Java virtual machine from native
+ * code, and is needed for many Android APIs to be usable from C.
+ *
+ * The prototype of the function in SDL's code actually declare a void* return
+ * type, even if the implementation returns a pointer to a JNIEnv. The
+ * rationale being that the SDL headers can avoid including jni.h.
+ *
+ * \returns a pointer to Java native interface object (JNIEnv) to which the
+ *          current thread is attached, or 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AndroidGetActivity
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Get the SDL Activity object for the application
-
-   This returns jobject, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
-   The jobject returned by SDL_AndroidGetActivity is a local reference.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to properly release it
-   (using env->Push/PopLocalFrame or manually with env->DeleteLocalRef)
+ * Retrieve the Java instance of the Android activity class.
+ *
+ * The prototype of the function in SDL's code actually declares a void*
+ * return type, even if the implementation returns a jobject. The rationale
+ * being that the SDL headers can avoid including jni.h.
+ *
+ * The jobject returned by the function is a local reference and must
+ * be released by the caller. See the PushLocalFrame() and PopLocalFrame() or
+ * DeleteLocalRef() functions of the Java native interface:
+ *
+ * https://docs.oracle.com/javase/1.5.0/docs/guide/jni/spec/functions.html
+ *
+ * \returns the jobject representing the instance of the Activity class of the
+ *          Android application, or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetActivity(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Return API level of the current device
-
-    API level 30: Android 11
-    API level 29: Android 10
-    API level 28: Android 9
-    API level 27: Android 8.1
-    API level 26: Android 8.0
-    API level 25: Android 7.1
-    API level 24: Android 7.0
-    API level 23: Android 6.0
-    API level 22: Android 5.1
-    API level 21: Android 5.0
-    API level 20: Android 4.4W
-    API level 19: Android 4.4
-    API level 18: Android 4.3
-    API level 17: Android 4.2
-    API level 16: Android 4.1
-    API level 15: Android 4.0.3
-    API level 14: Android 4.0
-    API level 13: Android 3.2
-    API level 12: Android 3.1
-    API level 11: Android 3.0
-    API level 10: Android 2.3.3
+ * Query Android API level of the current device.
+ *
+ * - API level 30: Android 11
+ *
+ * - API level 29: Android 10
+ *
+ * - API level 28: Android 9
+ *
+ * - API level 27: Android 8.1
+ *
+ * - API level 26: Android 8.0
+ *
+ * - API level 25: Android 7.1
+ *
+ * - API level 24: Android 7.0
+ *
+ * - API level 23: Android 6.0
+ *
+ * - API level 22: Android 5.1
+ *
+ * - API level 21: Android 5.0
+ *
+ * - API level 20: Android 4.4W
+ *
+ * - API level 19: Android 4.4
+ *
+ * - API level 18: Android 4.3
+ *
+ * - API level 17: Android 4.2
+ *
+ * - API level 16: Android 4.1
+ *
+ * - API level 15: Android 4.0.3
+ *
+ * - API level 14: Android 4.0
+ *
+ * - API level 13: Android 3.2
+ *
+ * - API level 12: Android 3.1
+ *
+ * - API level 11: Android 3.0
+ *
+ * - API level 10: Android 2.3.3
+ *
+ * \returns Android API level.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetAndroidSDKVersion(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Return true if the application is running on Android TV
+ * Query if the application is running on Android TV.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if this is Android TV, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsAndroidTV(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Return true if the application is running on a Chromebook
+ * Query if the application is running on a Chromebook.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if this is a Chromebook, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsChromebook(void);
 
 /**
-  \brief Return true is the application is running on a Samsung DeX docking station
+ * Query if the application is running on a Samsung DeX docking station.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if this is a DeX docking station, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsDeXMode(void);
 
 /**
- \brief Trigger the Android system back button behavior.
+ * Trigger the Android system back button behavior.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AndroidBackButton(void);
 
@@ -183,54 +276,91 @@ extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AndroidBackButton(void);
 #define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE  0x02
 
 /**
-   \brief Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
-
-   This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to
-   by other applications.
+ * Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
+ *
+ * This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to by other
+ * applications.
+ *
+ * Your internal storage path is typically:
+ * `/data/data/your.app.package/files`.
+ *
+ * \returns the path used for internal storage or NULL on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetInternalStoragePath(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Get the current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
-    SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ
-    SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE
-
-   If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
-*/
+ * Get the current state of external storage.
+ *
+ * The current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
+ * `SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ`, `SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE`.
+ *
+ * If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
+ *
+ * \returns the current state of external storage on success or 0 on failure;
+ *          call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath
+ */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Get the path used for external storage for this application.
-
-   This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be
-   written to by other applications.
+ * Get the path used for external storage for this application.
+ *
+ * This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be written
+ * to by other applications.
+ *
+ * Your external storage path is typically:
+ * `/storage/sdcard0/Android/data/your.app.package/files`.
+ *
+ * \returns the path used for external storage for this application on success
+ *          or NULL on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath(void);
 
 /**
-   \brief Request permissions at runtime.
-
-   This blocks the calling thread until the permission is granted or
-   denied. Returns SDL_TRUE if the permission was granted.
+ * Request permissions at runtime.
+ *
+ * This blocks the calling thread until the permission is granted or
+ * denied.
+ *
+ * \param permission The permission to request.
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the permission was granted, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AndroidRequestPermission(const char *permission);
 
 /**
-   \brief Shows android toast notification
-
-   \note Shows toast in UI thread [https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/ui/notifiers/toasts]
-
-   \param message   : text message to be shown
-        duration  : 0 - short [https://developer.android.com/reference/android/widget/Toast#LENGTH_SHORT],
-                    1 - long  [https://developer.android.com/reference/android/widget/Toast#LENGTH_LONG]
-        gravity   : the location at which the notification should appear on the screen.
-                    It's an optional parameter. Set -1 if you don't want specify any gravity or
-                    choose some value from https://developer.android.com/reference/android/view/Gravity
-        xOffset   : set this parameter only when gravity >=0
-        yOffset   : set this parameter only when gravity >=0
-   \return 0 if success, -1 if any error occurs.
-*/
-extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidShowToast(const char* message, int duration, int gravity, int xOffset, int yOffset);
+ * Shows an Android toast notification.
+ *
+ * Toasts are a sort of lightweight notification that are unique to Android.
+ *
+ * https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/ui/notifiers/toasts
+ *
+ * Shows toast in UI thread.
+ *
+ * For the `gravity` parameter, choose a value from here, or -1 if you don't
+ * have a preference:
+ *
+ * https://developer.android.com/reference/android/view/Gravity
+ *
+ * \param message text message to be shown
+ * \param duration 0=short, 1=long
+ * \param gravity where the notification should appear on the screen.
+ * \param xoffset set this parameter only when gravity >=0
+ * \param yoffset set this parameter only when gravity >=0
+ * \returns 0 if success, -1 if any error occurs.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidShowToast(const char* message, int duration, int gravity, int xoffset, int yoffset);
 
 #endif /* __ANDROID__ */
 
@@ -281,50 +411,66 @@ typedef enum
 
 
 /**
- *  \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
+ * Retrieve a WinRT defined path on the local file system.
  *
- *  \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
- *      can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
- *      http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
+ * Not all paths are available on all versions of Windows. This is especially
+ * true on Windows Phone. Check the documentation for the given SDL_WinRT_Path
+ * for more information on which path types are supported where.
  *
- *  \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
- *  \return A UCS-2 string (16-bit, wide-char) containing the path, or NULL
- *      if the path is not available for any reason.  Not all paths are
- *      available on all versions of Windows.  This is especially true on
- *      Windows Phone.  Check the documentation for the given
- *      SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
- *      supported where.
+ * Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT can be found on
+ * MSDN, at the URL:
+ *
+ * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
+ *
+ * \param pathType the type of path to retrieve, one of SDL_WinRT_Path
+ * \returns a UCS-2 string (16-bit, wide-char) containing the path, or NULL if
+ *          the path is not available for any reason; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.3.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUTF8
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const wchar_t * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUNICODE(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Retrieves a WinRT defined path on the local file system
+ * Retrieve a WinRT defined path on the local file system.
  *
- *  \note Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT
- *      can be found on MSDN, at the URL:
- *      http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
+ * Not all paths are available on all versions of Windows. This is especially
+ * true on Windows Phone. Check the documentation for the given SDL_WinRT_Path
+ * for more information on which path types are supported where.
  *
- *  \param pathType The type of path to retrieve.
- *  \return A UTF-8 string (8-bit, multi-byte) containing the path, or NULL
- *      if the path is not available for any reason.  Not all paths are
- *      available on all versions of Windows.  This is especially true on
- *      Windows Phone.  Check the documentation for the given
- *      SDL_WinRT_Path for more information on which path types are
- *      supported where.
+ * Documentation on most app-specific path types on WinRT can be found on
+ * MSDN, at the URL:
+ *
+ * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/apps/hh464917.aspx
+ *
+ * \param pathType the type of path to retrieve, one of SDL_WinRT_Path
+ * \returns a UTF-8 string (8-bit, multi-byte) containing the path, or NULL if
+ *          the path is not available for any reason; call SDL_GetError() for
+ *          more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.3.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUNICODE
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetFSPathUTF8(SDL_WinRT_Path pathType);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Detects the device family of WinRT plattform on runtime
+ * Detects the device family of WinRT plattform at runtime.
  *
- *  \return Device family
+ * \returns A value from the SDL_WinRT_DeviceFamily enum.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_WinRT_DeviceFamily SDLCALL SDL_WinRTGetDeviceFamily();
 
 #endif /* __WINRT__ */
 
 /**
- \brief Return true if the current device is a tablet.
+ * Query if the current device is a tablet.
+ *
+ * If SDL can't determine this, it will return SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the device is a tablet, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTablet(void);
 

include/SDL_syswm.h

@@ -344,23 +344,23 @@ struct SDL_SysWMinfo
 
 typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
 
-/* Function prototypes */
+
 /**
- *  \brief This function allows access to driver-dependent window information.
+ * Get driver-specific information about a window.
  *
- *  \param window The window about which information is being requested
- *  \param info This structure must be initialized with the SDL version, and is
- *              then filled in with information about the given window.
+ * You must include SDL_syswm.h for the declaration of SDL_SysWMinfo.
  *
- *  \return SDL_TRUE if the function is implemented and the version member of
- *          the \c info struct is valid, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ * The caller must initialize the `info` structure's version by using
+ * `SDL_VERSION(&info.version)`, and then this function will fill in the
+ * rest of the structure with information about the given window.
  *
- *  You typically use this function like this:
- *  \code
- *  SDL_SysWMinfo info;
- *  SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
- *  if ( SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info) ) { ... }
- *  \endcode
+ * \param window the window about which information is being requested
+ * \param info an SDL_SysWMinfo structure filled in with window information
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the function is implemented and the `version` member
+ *          of the `info` struct is valid, or SDL_FALSE if the information
+ *          could not be retrieved; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(SDL_Window * window,
                                                      SDL_SysWMinfo * info);

include/SDL_thread.h

@@ -69,11 +69,14 @@ typedef enum {
 } SDL_ThreadPriority;
 
 /**
- *  The function passed to SDL_CreateThread().
- *  It is passed a void* user context parameter and returns an int.
+ * The function passed to SDL_CreateThread().
+ *
+ * \param data what was passed as `data` to SDL_CreateThread()
+ * \returns a value that can be reported through SDL_WaitThread().
  */
 typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_ThreadFunction) (void *data);
 
+
 #if defined(__WIN32__)
 /**
  *  \file SDL_thread.h
@@ -183,39 +186,68 @@ SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, const siz
 #else
 
 /**
- *  Create a thread with a default stack size.
+ * Create a new thread with a default stack size.
  *
- *  This is equivalent to calling:
- *  SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, 0, data);
+ * This is equivalent to calling:
+ *
+ * ```c
+ * SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(fn, name, 0, data);
+ * ```
+ *
+ * \param fn the SDL_ThreadFunction function to call in the new thread
+ * \param name the name of the thread
+ * \param data a pointer that is passed to `fn`
+ * \returns an opaque pointer to the new thread object on success, NULL if the
+ *          new thread could not be created; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize
+ * \sa SDL_WaitThread
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
 SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data);
 
 /**
- *  Create a thread.
+ * Create a new thread with a specific stack size.
  *
- *   Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
- *    limits for the string length (Haiku has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
- *    Visual C++ 6.0 has nine!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
- *    have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
- *    UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
- *   There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
- *    string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
- *    choosing a name:
+ * SDL makes an attempt to report `name` to the system, so that debuggers
+ * can display it. Not all platforms support this.
  *
- *    http://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
+ * Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
+ * limits for the string length (Haiku has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
+ * Visual C++ 6.0 has _nine_!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
+ * have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
+ * UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
+ * There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
+ * string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
+ * choosing a name:
  *
- *   If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
- *    it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
- *    from SDL_GetThreadName().
+ * https://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
  *
- *   The size (in bytes) of the new stack can be specified. Zero means "use
- *    the system default" which might be wildly different between platforms
- *    (x86 Linux generally defaults to eight megabytes, an embedded device
- *    might be a few kilobytes instead).
+ * If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
+ * it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
+ * from SDL_GetThreadName().
  *
- *   In SDL 2.1, stacksize will be folded into the original SDL_CreateThread
- *    function.
+ * The size (in bytes) of the new stack can be specified. Zero means "use
+ * the system default" which might be wildly different between platforms.
+ * x86 Linux generally defaults to eight megabytes, an embedded device
+ * might be a few kilobytes instead. You generally need to specify a stack
+ * that is a multiple of the system's page size (in many cases, this is 4
+ * kilobytes, but check your system documentation).
+ *
+ * In SDL 2.1, stack size will be folded into the original SDL_CreateThread
+ * function, but for backwards compatibility, this is currently a separate
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \param fn the SDL_ThreadFunction function to call in the new thread
+ * \param name the name of the thread
+ * \param stacksize the size, in bytes, to allocate for the new thread stack.
+ * \param data a pointer that is passed to `fn`
+ * \returns an opaque pointer to the new thread object on success, NULL if the
+ *          new thread could not be created; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WaitThread
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
 SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, const size_t stacksize, void *data);
@@ -223,134 +255,183 @@ SDL_CreateThreadWithStackSize(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, const siz
 #endif
 
 /**
- * Get the thread name, as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
- *  This function returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the
- *  specified thread, or NULL if it doesn't have a name. This is internal
- *  memory, not to be free()'d by the caller, and remains valid until the
- *  specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
+ * Get the thread name as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
+ *
+ * This is internal memory, not to be freed by the caller, and remains valid
+ * until the specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
+ *
+ * \param thread the thread to query
+ * \returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the specified thread, or
+ *          NULL if it doesn't have a name.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateThread
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadName(SDL_Thread *thread);
 
 /**
- *  Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
+ * Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
+ *
+ * This thread identifier is as reported by the underlying operating system.
+ * If SDL is running on a platform that does not support threads the return
+ * value will always be zero.
+ *
+ * This function also returns a valid thread ID when called from the main
+ * thread.
+ *
+ * \returns the ID of the current thread.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetThreadID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
 
 /**
- *  Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
+ * Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
  *
- *  Equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
+ * This thread identifier is as reported by the underlying operating system.
+ * If SDL is running on a platform that does not support threads the return
+ * value will always be zero.
+ *
+ * \param thread the thread to query
+ * \returns the ID of the specified thread, or the ID of the current thread if
+ *          `thread` is NULL.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ThreadID
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread * thread);
 
 /**
- *  Set the priority for the current thread
+ * Set the priority for the current thread.
+ *
+ * Note that some platforms will not let you alter the priority (or at least,
+ * promote the thread to a higher priority) at all, and some require you
+ * to be an administrator account. Be prepared for this to fail.
+ *
+ * \param priority the SDL_ThreadPriority to set
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetThreadPriority(SDL_ThreadPriority priority);
 
 /**
- *  Wait for a thread to finish. Threads that haven't been detached will
- *  remain (as a "zombie") until this function cleans them up. Not doing so
- *  is a resource leak.
+ * Wait for a thread to finish.
  *
- *  Once a thread has been cleaned up through this function, the SDL_Thread
- *  that references it becomes invalid and should not be referenced again.
- *  As such, only one thread may call SDL_WaitThread() on another.
+ * Threads that haven't been detached will remain (as a "zombie") until this
+ * function cleans them up. Not doing so is a resource leak.
  *
- *  The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
- *  pointed to by \c status, if \c status is not NULL.
+ * Once a thread has been cleaned up through this function, the SDL_Thread
+ * that references it becomes invalid and should not be referenced again. As
+ * such, only one thread may call SDL_WaitThread() on another.
  *
- *  You may not wait on a thread that has been used in a call to
- *  SDL_DetachThread(). Use either that function or this one, but not
- *  both, or behavior is undefined.
+ * The return code for the thread function is placed in the area pointed to by
+ * `status`, if `status` is not NULL.
  *
- *  It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
+ * You may not wait on a thread that has been used in a call to
+ * SDL_DetachThread(). Use either that function or this one, but not both, or
+ * behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * It is safe to pass a NULL thread to this function; it is a no-op.
+ *
+ * Note that the thread pointer is freed by this function and is not valid
+ * afterward.
+ *
+ * \param thread the SDL_Thread pointer that was returned from the
+ *               SDL_CreateThread() call that started this thread
+ * \param status pointer to an integer that will receive the value returned
+ *               from the thread function by its 'return', or NULL to not
+ *               receive such value back.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateThread
+ * \sa SDL_DetachThread
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread * thread, int *status);
 
 /**
- *  A thread may be "detached" to signify that it should not remain until
- *  another thread has called SDL_WaitThread() on it. Detaching a thread
- *  is useful for long-running threads that nothing needs to synchronize
- *  with or further manage. When a detached thread is done, it simply
- *  goes away.
+ * Let a thread clean up on exit without intervention.
  *
- *  There is no way to recover the return code of a detached thread. If you
- *  need this, don't detach the thread and instead use SDL_WaitThread().
+ * A thread may be "detached" to signify that it should not remain until
+ * another thread has called SDL_WaitThread() on it. Detaching a thread is
+ * useful for long-running threads that nothing needs to synchronize with or
+ * further manage. When a detached thread is done, it simply goes away.
  *
- *  Once a thread is detached, you should usually assume the SDL_Thread isn't
- *  safe to reference again, as it will become invalid immediately upon
- *  the detached thread's exit, instead of remaining until someone has called
- *  SDL_WaitThread() to finally clean it up. As such, don't detach the same
- *  thread more than once.
+ * There is no way to recover the return code of a detached thread. If you
+ * need this, don't detach the thread and instead use SDL_WaitThread().
  *
- *  If a thread has already exited when passed to SDL_DetachThread(), it will
- *  stop waiting for a call to SDL_WaitThread() and clean up immediately.
- *  It is not safe to detach a thread that might be used with SDL_WaitThread().
+ * Once a thread is detached, you should usually assume the SDL_Thread isn't
+ * safe to reference again, as it will become invalid immediately upon the
+ * detached thread's exit, instead of remaining until someone has called
+ * SDL_WaitThread() to finally clean it up. As such, don't detach the same
+ * thread more than once.
  *
- *  You may not call SDL_WaitThread() on a thread that has been detached.
- *  Use either that function or this one, but not both, or behavior is
- *  undefined.
+ * If a thread has already exited when passed to SDL_DetachThread(), it will
+ * stop waiting for a call to SDL_WaitThread() and clean up immediately. It is
+ * not safe to detach a thread that might be used with SDL_WaitThread().
  *
- *  It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
+ * You may not call SDL_WaitThread() on a thread that has been detached. Use
+ * either that function or this one, but not both, or behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * It is safe to pass NULL to this function; it is a no-op.
+ *
+ * \param thread the SDL_Thread pointer that was returned from the
+ *               SDL_CreateThread() call that started this thread
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.2.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateThread
+ * \sa SDL_WaitThread
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DetachThread(SDL_Thread * thread);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create an identifier that is globally visible to all threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
+ * Create a piece of thread-local storage.
  *
- *  \return The newly created thread local storage identifier, or 0 on error
+ * This creates an identifier that is globally visible to all
+ * threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
  *
- *  \code
- *  static SDL_SpinLock tls_lock;
- *  static SDL_TLSID thread_local_storage;
- * 
- *  void SetMyThreadData(void *value)
- *  {
- *      if (!thread_local_storage) {
- *          SDL_AtomicLock(&tls_lock);
- *          if (!thread_local_storage) {
- *              thread_local_storage = SDL_TLSCreate();
- *          }
- *          SDL_AtomicUnlock(&tls_lock);
- *      }
- *      SDL_TLSSet(thread_local_storage, value, 0);
- *  }
- *  
- *  void *GetMyThreadData(void)
- *  {
- *      return SDL_TLSGet(thread_local_storage);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
+ * \returns the newly created thread local storage identifier or 0 on error.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSGet()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSSet()
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TLSGet
+ * \sa SDL_TLSSet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_TLSID SDLCALL SDL_TLSCreate(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
+ * Get the current thread's value associated with a thread local storage ID.
  *
- *  \param id The thread local storage ID
+ * \param id the thread local storage ID
+ * \returns the value associated with the ID for the current thread or NULL if
+ *          no value has been set; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \return The value associated with the ID for the current thread, or NULL if no value has been set.
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSSet()
+ * \sa SDL_TLSCreate
+ * \sa SDL_TLSSet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_TLSGet(SDL_TLSID id);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Set the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
+ * Set the current thread's value associated with a thread local storage ID.
  *
- *  \param id The thread local storage ID
- *  \param value The value to associate with the ID for the current thread
- *  \param destructor A function called when the thread exits, to free the value.
+ * The function prototype for `destructor` is:
  *
- *  \return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ * ```c
+ * void destructor(void *value)
+ * ```
  *
- *  \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
- *  \sa SDL_TLSGet()
+ * where its parameter `value` is what was passed as `value` to SDL_TLSSet().
+ *
+ * \param id the thread local storage ID
+ * \param value the value to associate with the ID for the current thread
+ * \param destructor a function called when the thread exits, to free the
+ *                   value
+ * \returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TLSCreate
+ * \sa SDL_TLSGet
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TLSSet(SDL_TLSID id, const void *value, void (SDLCALL *destructor)(void*));
 

include/SDL_timer.h

@@ -38,45 +38,75 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
+ * Get the number of milliseconds since SDL library initialization.
  *
- * \note This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
+ * This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
+ *
+ * \returns an unsigned 32-bit value representing the number of milliseconds
+ *          since the SDL library initialized.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TICKS_PASSED
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Compare SDL ticks values, and return true if A has passed B
+ * Compare SDL ticks values, and return true if `A` has passed `B`.
  *
- * e.g. if you want to wait 100 ms, you could do this:
- *  Uint32 timeout = SDL_GetTicks() + 100;
- *  while (!SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), timeout)) {
- *      ... do work until timeout has elapsed
- *  }
+ * For example, if you want to wait 100 ms, you could do this:
+ *
+ * ```c++
+ * Uint32 timeout = SDL_GetTicks() + 100;
+ * while (!SDL_TICKS_PASSED(SDL_GetTicks(), timeout)) {
+ *     // ... do work until timeout has elapsed
+ * }
+ * ```
  */
 #define SDL_TICKS_PASSED(A, B)  ((Sint32)((B) - (A)) <= 0)
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the current value of the high resolution counter
+ * Get the current value of the high resolution counter.
+ *
+ * This function is typically used for profiling.
+ *
+ * The counter values are only meaningful relative to each other. Differences
+ * between values can be converted to times by using
+ * SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency().
+ *
+ * \returns the current counter value.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the count per second of the high resolution counter
+ * Get the count per second of the high resolution counter.
+ *
+ * \returns a platform-specific count per second.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetPerformanceCounter
  */
 extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
+ * Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
+ *
+ * This function waits a specified number of milliseconds before returning. It
+ * waits at least the specified time, but possibly longer due to OS
+ * scheduling.
+ *
+ * \param ms the number of milliseconds to delay
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
 
 /**
- *  Function prototype for the timer callback function.
+ * Function prototype for the timer callback function.
  *
- *  The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
- *  the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the same as the one
- *  passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
- *  scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
+ * The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
+ * the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
+ * passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
+ * scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
  */
 typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
 
@@ -86,20 +116,47 @@ typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
 typedef int SDL_TimerID;
 
 /**
- * \brief Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
+ * Call a callback function at a future time.
  *
- * \return A timer ID, or 0 when an error occurs.
+ * If you use this function, you must pass `SDL_INIT_TIMER` to SDL_Init().
+ *
+ * The callback function is passed the current timer interval and the user
+ * supplied parameter from the SDL_AddTimer() call and should return the next
+ * timer interval. If the value returned from the callback is 0, the timer is
+ * canceled.
+ *
+ * The callback is run on a separate thread.
+ *
+ * Timers take into account the amount of time it took to execute the
+ * callback. For example, if the callback took 250 ms to execute and returned
+ * 1000 (ms), the timer would only wait another 750 ms before its next
+ * iteration.
+ *
+ * Timing may be inexact due to OS scheduling. Be sure to note the current
+ * time with SDL_GetTicks() or SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() in case your
+ * callback needs to adjust for variances.
+ *
+ * \param interval the timer delay, in milliseconds, passed to `callback`
+ * \param callback the SDL_TimerCallback function to call when the specified
+ *                 `interval` elapses
+ * \param param a pointer that is passed to `callback`
+ * \returns a timer ID or 0 if an error occurs; call SDL_GetError() for more
+ *          information.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RemoveTimer
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval,
                                                  SDL_TimerCallback callback,
                                                  void *param);
 
 /**
- * \brief Remove a timer knowing its ID.
+ * Remove a timer created with SDL_AddTimer().
  *
- * \return A boolean value indicating success or failure.
+ * \param id the ID of the timer to remove
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE if the timer is removed or SDL_FALSE if the timer wasn't
+ *          found.
  *
- * \warning It is not safe to remove a timer multiple times.
+ * \sa SDL_AddTimer
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID id);
 

include/SDL_touch.h

@@ -64,30 +64,66 @@ typedef struct SDL_Finger
 #define SDL_MOUSE_TOUCHID ((Sint64)-1)
 
 
-/* Function prototypes */
-
 /**
- *  \brief Get the number of registered touch devices.
+ * Get the number of registered touch devices.
+ *
+ * On some platforms SDL first sees the touch device if it was actually used.
+ * Therefore SDL_GetNumTouchDevices() may return 0 although devices are
+ * available. After using all devices at least once the number will be
+ * correct.
+ *
+ * This was fixed for Android in SDL 2.0.1.
+ *
+ * \returns the number of registered touch devices.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTouchDevice
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchDevices(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the touch ID with the given index, or 0 if the index is invalid.
+ * Get the touch ID with the given index.
+ *
+ * \param index the touch device index
+ * \returns the touch ID with the given index on success or 0 if the index is
+ *          invalid; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumTouchDevices
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchID SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDevice(int index);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the type of the given touch device.
+ * Get the type of the given touch device.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchDeviceType SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDeviceType(SDL_TouchID touchID);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
+ * Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
+ *
+ * \param touchID the ID of a touch device
+ * \returns the number of active fingers for a given touch device on success
+ *          or 0 on failure; call SDL_GetError() for more information.
+ *
+ * \since This function is available since SDL 2.0.0.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTouchFinger
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchFingers(SDL_TouchID touchID);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the finger object of the given touch, with the given index.
+ * Get the finger object for specified touch device ID and finger index.
+ *
+ * The returned resource is owned by SDL and should not be deallocated.
+ *
+ * \param touchID the ID of the requested touch device
+ * \param index the index of the requested finger
+ * \returns a pointer to the SDL_Finger object or NULL if no object at the
+ *          given ID and index could be found.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RecordGesture
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_Finger * SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchFinger(SDL_TouchID touchID, int index);
 

include/SDL_version.h

@@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- *  \brief Information the version of SDL in use.
+ * Information about the version of SDL in use.
  *
- *  Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
- *  (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
- *  minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
- *  major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
- *  revision).
+ * Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
+ * (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
+ * minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
+ * major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
+ * revision).
  *
- *  \sa SDL_VERSION
- *  \sa SDL_GetVersion
+ * \sa SDL_VERSION
+ * \sa SDL_GetVersion
  */
 typedef struct SDL_version
 {
@@ -62,19 +62,19 @@ typedef struct SDL_version
 #define SDL_PATCHLEVEL      15
 
 /**
- *  \brief Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
+ * Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
  *
- *  This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
- *  library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
- *  compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
- *  have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
- *  determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
- *  is not a macro.
+ * This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
+ * library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
+ * compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
+ * have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
+ * determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
+ * is not a macro.
  *
- *  \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
+ * \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
  *
- *  \sa SDL_version
- *  \sa SDL_GetVersion
+ * \sa SDL_version
+ * \sa SDL_GetVersion
  */
 #define SDL_VERSION(x)                          \
 {                                   \
@@ -107,48 +107,56 @@ typedef struct SDL_version
     (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
+ * Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
  *
- *  If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the
- *  current version will be different than the version you compiled against.
- *  This function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a
- *  macro that tells you what version you compiled with.
+ * If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the current
+ * version will be different than the version you compiled against. This
+ * function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a macro that
+ * tells you what version you compiled with.
  *
- *  \code
- *  SDL_version compiled;
- *  SDL_version linked;
+ * This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
  *
- *  SDL_VERSION(&compiled);
- *  SDL_GetVersion(&linked);
- *  printf("We compiled against SDL version %d.%d.%d ...\n",
- *         compiled.major, compiled.minor, compiled.patch);
- *  printf("But we linked against SDL version %d.%d.%d.\n",
- *         linked.major, linked.minor, linked.patch);
- *  \endcode
+ * \param ver the SDL_version structure that contains the version information
  *
- *  This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
- *
- *  \sa SDL_VERSION
+ * \sa SDL_GetRevision
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetVersion(SDL_version * ver);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
+ * Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
  *
- *  Returns an arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
- *  exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
- *  against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
+ * This value is the revision of the code you are linked with and may be
+ * different from the code you are compiling with, which is found in the
+ * constant SDL_REVISION.
+ *
+ * The revision is arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
+ * exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
+ * against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
+ *
+ * If SDL wasn't built from a git repository with the appropriate tools, this
+ * will return an empty string.
+ *
+ * Prior to SDL 2.0.16, before development moved to GitHub, this returned a
+ * hash for a Mercurial repository.
+ *
+ * You shouldn't use this function for anything but logging it for debugging
+ * purposes. The string is not intended to be reliable in any way.
+ *
+ * \returns an arbitrary string, uniquely identifying the exact revision of
+ *          the SDL library in use.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetVersion
  */
 extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetRevision(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Obsolete function, do not use.
+ * Obsolete function, do not use.
  *
- *  When SDL was hosted in a Mercurial repository, and was built carefully,
- *  this would return the revision number that the build was created from.
- *  This number was not reliable for several reasons, but more importantly,
- *  SDL is now hosted in a git repository, which does not offer numbers at
- *  all, only hashes. This function only ever returns zero now. Don't use it.
+ * When SDL was hosted in a Mercurial repository, and was built carefully,
+ * this would return the revision number that the build was created from.
+ * This number was not reliable for several reasons, but more importantly,
+ * SDL is now hosted in a git repository, which does not offer numbers at
+ * all, only hashes. This function only ever returns zero now. Don't use it.
  */
 extern SDL_DEPRECATED DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRevisionNumber(void);
 

include/SDL_vulkan.h

@@ -66,201 +66,140 @@ typedef VkSurfaceKHR SDL_vulkanSurface; /* for compatibility with Tizen */
 /* @{ */
 
 /**
- *  \brief Dynamically load a Vulkan loader library.
+ * Dynamically load the Vulkan loader library.
  *
- *  \param [in] path The platform dependent Vulkan loader library name, or
- *              \c NULL.
+ * This should be called after initializing the video driver, but before
+ * creating any Vulkan windows. If no Vulkan loader library is loaded, the
+ * default library will be loaded upon creation of the first Vulkan window.
  *
- *  \return \c 0 on success, or \c -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
+ * It is fairly common for Vulkan applications to link with libvulkan instead
+ * of explicitly loading it at run time. This will work with SDL provided the
+ * application links to a dynamic library and both it and SDL use the same
+ * search path.
  *
- *  If \a path is NULL SDL will use the value of the environment variable
- *  \c SDL_VULKAN_LIBRARY, if set, otherwise it loads the default Vulkan
- *  loader library.
+ * If you specify a non-NULL `path`, an application should retrieve
+ * all of the Vulkan functions it uses from the dynamic library using
+ * SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr unless you can guarantee `path`
+ * points to the same vulkan loader library the application linked to.
  *
- *  This should be called after initializing the video driver, but before
- *  creating any Vulkan windows. If no Vulkan loader library is loaded, the
- *  default library will be loaded upon creation of the first Vulkan window.
+ * On Apple devices, if `path` is NULL, SDL will attempt to find the
+ * `vkGetInstanceProcAddr` address within all the Mach-O images of the
+ * current process. This is because it is fairly common for Vulkan
+ * applications to link with libvulkan (and historically MoltenVK was provided
+ * as a static library). If it is not found, on macOS, SDL will attempt
+ * to load `vulkan.framework/vulkan`, `libvulkan.1.dylib`,
+ * `MoltenVK.framework/MoltenVK`, and `libMoltenVK.dylib`, in that
+ * order. On iOS, SDL will attempt to load `libMoltenVK.dylib`.
+ * Applications using a dynamic framework or .dylib must ensure it is included
+ * in its application bundle.
  *
- *  \note It is fairly common for Vulkan applications to link with \a libvulkan
- *        instead of explicitly loading it at run time. This will work with
- *        SDL provided the application links to a dynamic library and both it
- *        and SDL use the same search path.
+ * On non-Apple devices, application linking with a static libvulkan is not
+ * supported. Either do not link to the Vulkan loader or link to a dynamic
+ * library version.
  *
- *  \note If you specify a non-NULL \c path, an application should retrieve all
- *        of the Vulkan functions it uses from the dynamic library using
- *        \c SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr() unless you can guarantee
- *        \c path points to the same vulkan loader library the application
- *        linked to.
+ * \param path The platform dependent Vulkan loader library name or NULL
+ * \returns 0 on success or -1 if the library couldn't be loaded; call
+ *          SDL_GetError() for more information.
  *
- *  \note On Apple devices, if \a path is NULL, SDL will attempt to find
- *        the vkGetInstanceProcAddr address within all the mach-o images of
- *        the current process. This is because it is fairly common for Vulkan
- *        applications to link with libvulkan (and historically MoltenVK was
- *        provided as a static library). If it is not found then, on macOS, SDL
- *        will attempt to load \c vulkan.framework/vulkan, \c libvulkan.1.dylib,
- *        followed by \c libvulkan.dylib, in that order.
- *        On iOS SDL will attempt to load \c libvulkan.dylib only. Applications
- *        using a dynamic framework or .dylib must ensure it is included in its
- *        application bundle.
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.8
  *
- *  \note On non-Apple devices, application linking with a static libvulkan is
- *        not supported. Either do not link to the Vulkan loader or link to a
- *        dynamic library version.
- *
- *  \note This function will fail if there are no working Vulkan drivers
- *        installed.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr()
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary()
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetVkInstanceProcAddr
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary
  */
 extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the address of the \c vkGetInstanceProcAddr function.
+ * Get the address of the `vkGetInstanceProcAddr` function.
  *
- *  \note This should be called after either calling SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary
- *        or creating an SDL_Window with the SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
+ * This should be called after either calling SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
+ * or creating an SDL_Window with the `SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN` flag.
+ *
+ * \returns The function pointer for `vkGetInstanceProcAddr` or NULL on error.
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetVkGetInstanceProcAddr(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Unload the Vulkan loader library previously loaded by
- *         \c SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary().
+ * Unload the Vulkan library previously loaded by SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
  *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary()
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.8
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_LoadLibrary
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_UnloadLibrary(void);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the names of the Vulkan instance extensions needed to create
- *         a surface with \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface().
+ * Get the names of the Vulkan instance extensions needed
+ * to create a surface with SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface.
  *
- *  \param [in]     \c NULL or window Window for which the required Vulkan instance
- *                  extensions should be retrieved
- *  \param [in,out] pCount pointer to an \c unsigned related to the number of
- *                  required Vulkan instance extensions
- *  \param [out]    pNames \c NULL or a pointer to an array to be filled with the
- *                  required Vulkan instance extensions
+ * If `pNames` is NULL, then the number of required Vulkan instance
+ * extensions is returned in `pCount`. Otherwise, `pCount` must point
+ * to a variable set to the number of elements in the `pNames` array, and
+ * on return the variable is overwritten with the number of names actually
+ * written to `pNames`. If `pCount` is less than the number of
+ * required extensions, at most `pCount` structures will be written. If
+ * `pCount` is smaller than the number of required extensions,
+ * SDL_FALSE will be returned instead of SDL_TRUE, to indicate
+ * that not all the required extensions were returned.
  *
- *  \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
+ * The `window` parameter is currently needed to be valid as of
+ * SDL 2.0.8, however, this parameter will likely be removed in future
+ * releases
  *
- *  If \a pNames is \c NULL, then the number of required Vulkan instance
- *  extensions is returned in pCount. Otherwise, \a pCount must point to a
- *  variable set to the number of elements in the \a pNames array, and on
- *  return the variable is overwritten with the number of names actually
- *  written to \a pNames. If \a pCount is less than the number of required
- *  extensions, at most \a pCount structures will be written. If \a pCount
- *  is smaller than the number of required extensions, \c SDL_FALSE will be
- *  returned instead of \c SDL_TRUE, to indicate that not all the required
- *  extensions were returned.
+ * \param window A window for which the required Vulkan instance extensions
+ *               should be retrieved (will be deprecated in a future release)
+ * \param pCount A pointer to an unsigned int corresponding to the
+ *               number of extensions to be returned
+ * \param names NULL or a pointer to an array to be filled with required
+ *              Vulkan instance extensions
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success, SDL_FALSE on error.
  *
- *  \note If \c window is not NULL, it will be checked against its creation
- *        flags to ensure that the Vulkan flag is present. This parameter
- *        will be removed in a future major release.
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.8
  *
- *  \note The returned list of extensions will contain \c VK_KHR_surface
- *        and zero or more platform specific extensions
- *
- *  \note The extension names queried here must be enabled when calling
- *        VkCreateInstance, otherwise surface creation will fail.
- *
- *  \note \c window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag
- *        or be \c NULL
- *
- *  \code
- *  unsigned int count;
- *  // get count of required extensions
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(NULL, &count, NULL))
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  static const char *const additionalExtensions[] =
- *  {
- *      VK_EXT_DEBUG_REPORT_EXTENSION_NAME, // example additional extension
- *  };
- *  size_t additionalExtensionsCount = sizeof(additionalExtensions) / sizeof(additionalExtensions[0]);
- *  size_t extensionCount = count + additionalExtensionsCount;
- *  const char **names = malloc(sizeof(const char *) * extensionCount);
- *  if(!names)
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  // get names of required extensions
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(NULL, &count, names))
- *      handle_error();
- *
- *  // copy additional extensions after required extensions
- *  for(size_t i = 0; i < additionalExtensionsCount; i++)
- *      names[i + count] = additionalExtensions[i];
- *
- *  VkInstanceCreateInfo instanceCreateInfo = {};
- *  instanceCreateInfo.enabledExtensionCount = extensionCount;
- *  instanceCreateInfo.ppEnabledExtensionNames = names;
- *  // fill in rest of instanceCreateInfo
- *
- *  VkInstance instance;
- *  // create the Vulkan instance
- *  VkResult result = vkCreateInstance(&instanceCreateInfo, NULL, &instance);
- *  free(names);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface()
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions(SDL_Window *window,
                                                                   unsigned int *pCount,
                                                                   const char **pNames);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Create a Vulkan rendering surface for a window.
+ * Create a Vulkan rendering surface for a window.
  *
- *  \param [in]  window   SDL_Window to which to attach the rendering surface.
- *  \param [in]  instance handle to the Vulkan instance to use.
- *  \param [out] surface  pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle to receive the
- *                        handle of the newly created surface.
+ * The `window` must have been created with the `SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN` flag and
+ * `instance` must have been created with extensions returned by
+ * SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions() enabled.
  *
- *  \return \c SDL_TRUE on success, \c SDL_FALSE on error.
+ * \param window The window to which to attach the Vulkan surface
+ * \param instance The Vulkan instance handle
+ * \param surface A pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle to output the newly
+ *                created surface
+ * \returns SDL_TRUE on success, SDL_FALSE on error.
  *
- *  \code
- *  VkInstance instance;
- *  SDL_Window *window;
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.8
  *
- *  // create instance and window
- *
- *  // create the Vulkan surface
- *  VkSurfaceKHR surface;
- *  if(!SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(window, instance, &surface))
- *      handle_error();
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \note \a window should have been created with the \c SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN flag.
- *
- *  \note \a instance should have been created with the extensions returned
- *        by \c SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface() enabled.
- *
- *  \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions()
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetInstanceExtensions
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize
  */
 extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface(SDL_Window *window,
                                                           VkInstance instance,
                                                           VkSurfaceKHR* surface);
 
 /**
- *  \brief Get the size of a window's underlying drawable in pixels (for use
- *         with setting viewport, scissor & etc).
- *
- *  \param window   SDL_Window from which the drawable size should be queried
- *  \param w        Pointer to variable for storing the width in pixels,
- *                  may be NULL
- *  \param h        Pointer to variable for storing the height in pixels,
- *                  may be NULL
+ * Get the size of the window's underlying drawable dimensions in pixels.
  *
  * This may differ from SDL_GetWindowSize() if we're rendering to a high-DPI
- * drawable, i.e. the window was created with SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI on a
- * platform with high-DPI support (Apple calls this "Retina"), and not disabled
- * by the \c SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED hint.
+ * drawable, i.e. the window was created with `SDL_WINDOW_ALLOW_HIGHDPI`
+ * on a platform with high-DPI support (Apple calls this "Retina"), and not
+ * disabled by the `SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED` hint.
  *
- *  \note On macOS high-DPI support must be enabled for an application by
- *        setting NSHighResolutionCapable to true in its Info.plist.
+ * \param window an SDL_Window for which the size is to be queried
+ * \param w Pointer to the variable to write the width to or NULL
+ * \param h Pointer to the variable to write the height to or NULL
  *
- *  \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
- *  \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
+ * \since This function is available in SDL 2.0.8
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSize
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindow
+ * \sa SDL_Vulkan_CreateSurface
  */
 extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize(SDL_Window * window,
                                                         int *w, int *h);